WO2004050609A1 - Substituted ureas and carbamates - Google Patents

Substituted ureas and carbamates Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004050609A1
WO2004050609A1 PCT/US2003/037998 US0337998W WO2004050609A1 WO 2004050609 A1 WO2004050609 A1 WO 2004050609A1 US 0337998 W US0337998 W US 0337998W WO 2004050609 A1 WO2004050609 A1 WO 2004050609A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
optionally substituted
groups
aryl
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/037998
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004050609A8 (en
Inventor
Shon R. Pulley
John A. Tucker
Original Assignee
Elan Pharmaceutical, Inc.
Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=32469374&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2004050609(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Elan Pharmaceutical, Inc., Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc filed Critical Elan Pharmaceutical, Inc.
Priority to MXPA05005649A priority Critical patent/MXPA05005649A/en
Priority to EP03790144A priority patent/EP1565428A1/en
Priority to BR0316629-5A priority patent/BR0316629A/en
Priority to CA002507484A priority patent/CA2507484A1/en
Priority to JP2004557383A priority patent/JP2006508166A/en
Priority to AU2003293155A priority patent/AU2003293155A1/en
Publication of WO2004050609A1 publication Critical patent/WO2004050609A1/en
Publication of WO2004050609A8 publication Critical patent/WO2004050609A8/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/30—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/45—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups at least one of the singly-bound nitrogen atoms being part of any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom, e.g. N-acylaminosulfonamides
    • C07C311/47—Y being a hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/20—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/40—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C271/42—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/52—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/04—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C275/20—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/24—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/28—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D215/42—Nitrogen atoms attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/28—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D309/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D309/14—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/58—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring other than with oxygen or sulphur atoms in position 2 or 4
    • C07D311/68—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring other than with oxygen or sulphur atoms in position 2 or 4 with nitrogen atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/76—Benzo[c]pyrans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 spiro-condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D335/06—Benzothiopyrans; Hydrogenated benzothiopyrans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D407/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms

Definitions

  • the invention is relates to substituted ureas and carbamates. More specifically it relates to such compounds that inhibit ⁇ -secretase, an enzyme that cleaves amyloid precursor protein to produce A ⁇ peptide, a major component of the amyloid plaques found in the brains of Alzheimer's sufferers.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • Clinical presentation of AD is characterized by loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgement, and orientation. As the disease progresses, motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities are also affected until there is global impairment of multiple cognitive functions. These cognitive losses occur gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in the range of four to twelve years .
  • Alzheimer's disease is characterized by two major pathologic observations in the brain: neurofibrillary tangles and beta amyloid (or neuritic) plaques, comprised predominantly of an aggregate of a peptide fragment know as A beta.
  • Individuals with AD exhibit characteristic beta-amyloid deposits in the brain (beta amyloid plaques) and in cerebral blood vessels (beta amyloid angiopathy) as well as neurofibrillary tangles.
  • Neurofibrillary tangles occur not only in Alzheimer's disease but also in other dementia- inducing disorders. On autopsy, large numbers of these lesions are generally found in areas of the human brain important for memory and cognition.
  • Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of individuals with Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type (HCHWA- D) , and other neurogenerative disorders.
  • Beta-amyloid is a defining feature of AD, now believed to be a causative precursor or factor in the development of disease. Deposition of A beta in areas of the brain responsible for cognitive activities is a major factor in the development of AD.
  • Beta- amyloid plaques are predominantly composed of amyloid beta peptide (A beta, also sometimes designated betaA4) .
  • a beta peptide is derived by proteolysis of the amyloid precursor protein (APP) and is comprised of 39-42 amino acids.
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • secretases are involved in the processing of APP.
  • Cleavage of APP at the N-terminus of the A beta peptide by beta-secretase and at the C-terminus by one or more gamma- secretases constitutes the beta- amyloidogenic pathway, i.e. the pathway by which A beta is formed.
  • Cleavage of APP by alpha-secretase produces alpha- sAPP, a secreted form of APP that does not result in beta- amyloid plaque formation. This alternate pathway precludes the 'formation of A beta peptide.
  • a description of the proteolytic processing fragments of APP is found, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,441,870; 5,721,130; and 5,942,400.
  • beta-secretase An aspartyl protease has been identified as the enzyme responsible for processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site.
  • the beta-secretase enzyme has been disclosed using varied nomenclature, including BACE, Asp, am Mamepsin. See, for example, Sindha et . al . , 1999, Nature 402:537-554 (p501) and published PCT application O00/17369.
  • Several lines of evidence indicate that progressive cerebral deposition of beta-amyloid peptide (A beta) plays a seminal role in the pathogenesis of AD and can precede cognitive symptoms by years or decades. See, for example, Selkoe, 1991, Neuron 6:487.
  • a beta peptide accumulates as a result of APP processing by beta ⁇ secretase, thus inhibition of this enzyme's activity is desirable for the treatement of AD.
  • In vivo processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site is thought to be a rate-limiting step in A beta production, and is thus a therapeutic target for the treatment of AD. See for example, Sabbagh, M. , et al . , 1997, Alz . Dis . Rev. 3, 1- 19.
  • BACE1 knockout mice fail to produce A beta, and present a normal phenotype .
  • the progeny show reduced amounts of A beta in brain extracts as compared with control animals (Luo et . l . , 2001 Nature Neuroscience 4:231-232). This evidence further supports the proposal that inhibition of beta-secretase activity and reduction of A beta in the brain provides a therapeutic method for the treatment of AD and other beta amyloid disorders.
  • hydroxyethylamine "nucleus” or isostere of which the compounds of the invention is a truncated analog, has been used with success in the area of HIV protease inhibition. Many of these hydroxyethylamine compounds are known as well as how to make them. See for example, J “ . Am. Chem . Soc . , 93, 288-291 (1993), Tetrahedron Letters, 28(45) 5569-5572 (1987), J. Med. Chem. , 38(4), 581-584 (1994), Tetrahedron Letters, 38(4), 619-620 (1997).
  • European Patents, numbers 702 004, 678 503, 678 514, 678 503 and 716077 by Maibaum, et al . are directed to similar isosteric strategies directed at renin inhibition. See also, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,606,078 and 5,559,111, both to Goschke, et . al . ; 5,719,141, to Rasetti, et . al . ; and 5,641,778, to Maibaum, et . al . At present there are no effective treatments for halting, preventing, or reversing the progression of Alzheimer's disease. Therefore, there is an urgent need for pharmaceutical agents capable of slowing the progression of Alzheimer's disease and/or preventing it in the first place.
  • the invention provides compounds represented by formula I :
  • C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , -Q1.-C 3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C 3 alkyl, or C2-C10 alkenyl or C 2 -C 10 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C1-C 3 alkoxy, amino, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo; R and R' independently are hydrogen, Cx-Cio al
  • alkyli and alkyl 2 are straight or branched C 2 - ⁇ o alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, and wherein alkyli and alkyl 2 attach to the same or different methylene carbon with the remaining open methylene valences occupied by hydrogen, thus forming a branched alkyl chain having between 8 and 20 carbon atoms in total; the alkyl groups, alkyli and alkyl 2 being optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, -F, -CI, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C 1 -C3 alkoxy, -O-phenyl, -C(0)C ⁇ - C 3 alkyl; -NR ⁇ - a R ⁇
  • R ia and R x - b are as defined above (II) -(C (Rc-x) (Rc-y) ) ( o- 4 ) -Rc-cycle wherein all Rc-x and Rc-y are independently chosen from: H
  • Ci - C s alkyl Ci - C 6 alkoxy
  • Ci-Cg alkyl- (C 0) -O-Ci-Cg alkyl C 2 -C 5 alkenyl or alkynyl
  • Rc-cycle is as defined below and Rc-x and Rc-y may be taken together with the methylene carbon to which they jointly attach to form a spirocyclic ring of 3 to 7 atoms comprising carbon and up to 2 of 0, S (O) (o- 2 ) and NR a .
  • R a ⁇ is H or C ⁇ _ 4 alkyl ; wherein the spirocyclic ring may be fused to another ring to provide a bicyclic ring system comprising carbon and up to 2 of 0, S (0) (0 - 2 ) and NR a .. and comprising up to 9 atoms in total including,
  • Rc-cycle is any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring or any fused ring combination thereof wherein the total number of rings fused therein of same and of different type does not exceed 3 wherein Rc-cycle is optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently chosen from:
  • C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, -F, -CI, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C 1 -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR. ⁇ _ a R 1 _. b where R x . a and R _ b are as defined above,
  • R N _ 6 and R N _ 7 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of:
  • ketal rings of 5 to 7 members and (17) a spirocyclic ring having from 3 to 7 atoms comprising carbon and when the ring size is 4-7 atoms optionally up to 2 of O, S (0) ( 0 - 2 ) and NR a . ,
  • each R c _ ! is the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of: H, C ⁇ _ 4 alkyl and C ⁇ _ alkoxy and where each R C -2 and R C - 3 is independently selected from (A) -Ci-Cg alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 3 alkyl, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH,
  • R 1 00 and R'ioo independently represent aryl, heteroaryl, -aryl- W-aryl, -aryl-W-heteroaryl , -aryl-W-heterocyclyl, -heteroaryl -W-aryl , -heteroaryl -W-heteroaryl, -heteroaryl -W- heterocyclyl, -heterocyclyl -W-aryl,
  • Rioo is Cx-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 115 groups , or R 100 is - (Ci-Cg alkyl) -O-Ci-Cg alkyl) or - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) -S- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 Ru 5 groups, or
  • Rioo is C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3
  • W is -(CH 2 ) 0 -4-, -0-, -S (0)0-2-, -N(Ri3s)-, -CR(OH)- or -C(O)-;
  • R 1 0 2 and R102' independently are hydrogen, or
  • C 1 -C 1 0 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, aryl or -R uo ;
  • R 10 s and R' 105 independently represent -H, -Ruo , -R120 , C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl), - (Cx-Cg alkyl ) -O- (C1-C3 alkyl ) , C 2 -C 6 alkenyl , C 2 -C 5 alkynyl , or Ci- C 6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, or
  • Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with -OH or -NH 2 ; or, Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, or
  • R 105 and R'1 05 together with the atom to which they are attached form a 3 to 7 membered carbocylic ring, where one member is optionally a heteratom selected from -0-, -S(O) 0 - 2 -, -
  • C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , C 1 -C 3 alkoxy, Ruo, and halogen;
  • Riso is selected from morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl , piperazinyl, piperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C ⁇ C s alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, di (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 hal
  • C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 3 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- and dialkylamino, or C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two or three of halogen;
  • R ⁇ 20 is heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R125 groups ; and Ri3o is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 125 groups ; and
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • Rx- a and R ⁇ - b are -H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl
  • R 3 - is selected from the group consisting of H; C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and - NR ⁇ .
  • R N _ 2 and R N . 3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , phenyl and halogen; -C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl); - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl); - C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; -C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl ; or R N - 2 , R N - 3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalky
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, and -NR N _ 2 -.
  • the invention also provides methods for preparing compounds of formulas I or IA and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof where variables are as defined herein.
  • the invention also includes a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-
  • a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-
  • Type for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, or diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
  • the invention also includes methods for inhibiting beta- secretase activity, for inhibiting cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) , in a reaction mixture, at a site between Met596 and Asp597, numbered for the APP-695 amino acid isotype; or at a corresponding site of an isotype or mutant thereof, for inhibiting production of amyloid beta peptide (A beta) in a cell, for inhibiting the production of beta-amyloid plaque in an animal, and for treating or preventing a disease characterized by beta-amyloid deposits in the brain which comprise administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • the invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the invention also includes the use of a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of
  • Alzheimer's disease for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • MCI mild cognitive impairment
  • the invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) . More particularly, the compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are effective to inhibit the production of A beta peptide and to treat or prevent any human or veterinary disease or condition associated with a pathological form of A beta peptide.
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • the compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are useful for treating humans who have Alzheimer's Disease (AD) , for helping prevent or delay the onset of AD, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) , and preventing or delaying the onset of AD in those patients who would otherwise be expected to progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch Type, for treating cerebral beta-amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences such as single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, for treating dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type AD .
  • AD Alzheimer's Disease
  • MCI mild cognitive impairment
  • AD mild cognitive impairment
  • the invention also provides intermediates and methods useful for preparing the compounds of Formula I and IA, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention possess beta-secretase inhibitory activity.
  • the inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention are readily demonstrated, for example, using one or more of the assays described herein or known in the art . Detailed Description of the Invention
  • a broad aspect of the invention is directed to a compound of formula I and to the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof.
  • T is not absent.
  • R N is
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H; NH 2 ; -NH-
  • R_x is selected from the group consisting of -S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -SO- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -S- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -S-CO- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), -S0 2 -NR 4 - 2 R 4 . 3 ; -CO-C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl; -CO-NR 4 - 3 R 4 . 4 ;
  • R_ 2 and R 4 . 3 are independently H, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl ;
  • R- 4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl ;
  • R- 5 is-H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NR 5 R 7 , C1-C 4 alkoxy, C 5 -C 6 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 6 heteroaryl, C 6 -C ⁇ 0 aryl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl, -S-C1-C4 alkyl, -S0 2 -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, -C0 2 H, -CONR 6
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S0 2 -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, phenyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of -S0 2 - heteroaryl, -S0 2 -aryl, -S0 2 -heterocycloalkyl , -S0 2 -C ⁇ - C10 alkyl, -C(0)NHR 9 , heterocycloalkyl, -S-C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -S-C 2 -C alkanoyl, wherein R 9 is aryl C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, or H;
  • R 50 is H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl
  • R 5 i is selected from the group consisting of aryl C 1 -C 4 alkyl; Cx-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NR 6 R 7 , -C(0)NR s R 7 , C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, or
  • heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C1-C alkyl, C1-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, aryl C1-C4 alkyl, and -S0 2 C x -C 4 alkyl; ,alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, C 1 -C 4 alkyl,
  • R 52 is heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
  • R 53 is absent, -0-, -C(O)-, -NH- , -N (alkyl)-, -NH-S (0) 0 _ 2 - , -N(alkyl)-S (0)0-2-, -S (O) 0-2-NH- , -S(O) 0 - 2 - N (alkyl)-, -NH-C(S)-, or -N (alkyl) -C(S) -;
  • R 5 4 is heteroaryl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C0 2 H, -C0 2 -alkyl, -C (0) NH (alkyl) , -C (O) N (alkyl) (alkyl), -C(0)NH , C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl, OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, arylalkoxy,
  • R and R 4 - 6 combine to form -(CH 2 ) n ⁇ o _ , wherein
  • Z' is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S0 2 ; SO; S; and C (O) ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of H; C ⁇ -C haloalkyl; C 5 -C 6 heterocycloalkyl; C 6 -C ⁇ 0 aryl; OH; -N(Y ⁇ ) (Y 2 ); Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N0 2 ; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N0 2 ; wherein Yi and Y 2 are the same or different and are H; Cx-Cio alkyl optionally substitute
  • X' is C1-C4 alkylidenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; or -NR 4 _ 6 -, where R 4 - 6 is-H or C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl ; or
  • R 4 and R 4 _ 6 combine to form -(CH 2 ) n ⁇ o-, where R 4 and R 4 . 6 are as defined above, wherein
  • Z' is selected from a bond; S0 2 ; SO; S; and C (0) ;
  • Y is selected from H; C1-C4 haloalkyl; C 5 -C 6 heterocycloalkyl containing at least one N, 0, or S; phenyl; OH; -N(Y ⁇ ) (Y 2 ) ; C 1 -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru
  • substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C1-C 3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with halogen,
  • Yi and Y 2 are the same or different and are H; C 1 -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C 4 alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C -C 3 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S0 2 - C 1 -C 4 alkyl; phenyl C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl; and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl C x -C alkyl ; or -N(Y ⁇ ) (Y 2 ) forms a ring selected from piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl,
  • R N is R N _ 5 wherein R N _ 5 is selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 -aryl , C 2 -C 6 alkenyl containing one or two double bonds, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl containing one or two triple bonds, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, and (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 -heteroaryl .
  • R x is (CH 2 ) n ⁇ (Ri-aryi) where n x is zero or one and R ⁇ _ ary ⁇ is phenyl optionally substituted with
  • 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH,
  • R ⁇ _ a and R ⁇ - b are -H or C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • R N - 2 and R N _ 3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , phenyl and halogen; -C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl); - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl); - C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; -C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl ; heterocycloalkyl ; or RN-2, RN- 3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or hetero
  • C 1 -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , -C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or
  • Preferred compounds of formula I also include those wherein R x is
  • ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, hydroxy, -N0 2 , and C ⁇ -C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), N- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) , C ⁇ N, CF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I further include those wherein R x is -CH 2 -phenyl or -CH 2 -pyridinyl where the phenyl or pyridinyl rings are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 2 alkoxy, hydroxy, -CF 3 , and -N0 2 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I include those wherein R is -CH 2 -phenyl where the phenyl ring is optionally substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 2 alkoxy, hydroxy, and -N0 2 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I also include those wherein R x is benzyl, or 3 , 5-difluorobenzyl .
  • the invention is directed to compounds of Formula IA,
  • R N , T, X, R 20 , Rx, R 2 , and R 3 are as defined above for Formula I;
  • R c is selected from - (CH 2 ) 0 - 3 - (C 3 -C 8 ) cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -R 205 ; and -C0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl); - (CR 245 R2 5 o) o- 4 -aryl ; - (CR 245 R 25 o) 0 - 4 -heteroaryl ;
  • R 200 at each occurrence is independently selected from -C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 205 groups; -OH; -N0 2 ; -halogen; -C ⁇ N; - (CH 2 )o-4-CO-NR 2 2oR 2 25; - (CH 2 ) 0-4-CO- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl);
  • (CO) 0 - 1 -heterocycloalkyl (preferably imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl , piperidinyl, or tetrahydropyranyl) ; - (CH 2 ) 0-4- C0 2 R 2 ⁇ 5 ; - (CH 2 )o-4-S02-NR 22 o 225; - (CH 2 ) 0 . 4 -S (0) 0-2-
  • R 205 groups ; -CO- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl); -S0 2 -NR 235 R 24 o; -
  • R 21 5 at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cx-Cg alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0- 2 - (aryl) , -C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, --
  • R 220 at each occurrence is independently H, -C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl, -CHO, hydroxy C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, -amino C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -S0 2 -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkanoyl optionally substituted with up to three halogens, -C(0)NH 2 , -C(0)NH(C ⁇ -
  • R235 and R 2 4o at each occurrence are independently
  • R 245 and R 250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, 2, or 3 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by 1, 2, or 3 gropus that are independently -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, -C(O)-, -NR 220 -, or -NR220R220- wherein both R 2 o groups are alkyl; and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C 1 -C4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), N(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-C(0)C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl, -NH-S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl)
  • R 50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (C ⁇ -C alkyl), -NR 7 R 8 , C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are selected from H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH 2 and halogen; -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; -
  • R c is selected from - (CR 245 R 25 o) 0-4 -aryl ; - (CR 2 5 R 2 5o) 0 -4 -heteroaryl ;
  • R c is - (CR 245 R 25 o) o- 4 -heterocycloalkyl (preferably piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl , 2-oxo-tetrahydroquinolinyl , 2- oxo-dihydro-lH-indolyl, or imidazolidinyl) ; where the heterocycloalkyl group attached to the - (CR 245 R 2 5o) o- ⁇ group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 2i0 groups, wherein R245, R 2 so, and R 2 ⁇ 0 are as defined above.
  • Ri is C 1 -C1 0 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, which are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, wherein each R 50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR 7 R 8 or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl,
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently -H; -Ci-C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH , and halogen; or -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; and R c is - (CR 2 5 R 25 o) o- -aryl (preferred aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl, more preferably, phenyl) or - (CR 245 R 25 o) 0 - 4 ⁇ heteroaryl (preferably the heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, more preferably pyridyl), where the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 2 oo groups, where R 20 o is as defined above.
  • Still more preferred compounds of formula IA include those wherein Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl (preferably phenyl or naphthyl, still more preferably phenyl) group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups; R c is - (CR 245 R 25 o) ⁇ - 4 -aryl (preferred aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl, more preferably, phenyl) or - (CR245R250) 1-4- heteroaryl (preferably the heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, more preferably pyridyl) , R 245 and R2 50 are independently selected from H, -(CH 2 ) 0 - 4 C0 2 C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 CO 2 H, -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, - (C
  • Rx is C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl or naphthyl) , which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, wherein R 50 is independently halogen, OH, or C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl;
  • R c is - (CR 245 R5o) -aryl
  • aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl, more preferably, phenyl) or - (CR 245 R2so) - heteroaryl (preferably the heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, more preferably pyridyl)
  • R 245 and R 2 so at each occurance are independently -H, -C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) C0 2 H, -( C 1 -C 3 alkyl) C0 2 (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), or - (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) OH, or R 245 and R 250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1 or 2 carbon atoms is optionally replaced by -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 22 o-, and R 220 is as defined above.
  • X is S0 2
  • T is absent and R N is C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl or phenyl, where phenyl is optionally substituted with 1-2 of halogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, amino, mono- or di (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, trifluoromethyl , hydoxy, cyano, or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl (Ci-Cg) alkyl . More preferably, R N Unless indicated otherwise, in the structures below, the various variables carry the definitions given for Formula IA.
  • preferred compounds of formula IA include compounds of formula II:
  • R N , X, T, Ri, R 2 , R 3 and R 20 are as definded above;
  • X 8 is optionally replaced with N, and where R 2 oo and R 7 are as defined above.
  • preferred compounds of the invention include the compounds of formula III:
  • R N , X and T are as defined above;
  • R 50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), -NR 7 R 8 , C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; and
  • R 7 and R 8 are selected from H; -C ⁇ -C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH 2 and halogen; -C 3 -C 3 cycloalkyl;
  • X s , X 6 , X and X 8 are CH or CR 200 , where 1 or 2 of X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 is optionally replaced with N, and where R 20 o and R 7 are as defined above.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula III include those wherein Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl (preferably phenyl or naphthyl) groups, which are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 5 o groups, R 50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR 7 R 8 or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl ;
  • X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 are independently CH or CR 2 oo, where one of X 5 , X 6 , X 7 or X 8 is optionally replaced with N, and R 2 oo is as defined above.
  • Rx is C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups;
  • X 1; X 2 and X 3 are independently CH 2 , CHR 20 o, or C(R 20 o)2, where one of X 2 or X 3 is optionally replaced with 0, NH or NR 7 , and where X 4 is a bond; and
  • X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where one of X 5 ,
  • X 6 , X 7 or X 8 is optionally replaced with N, where R 50 , R 20 o and R 7 are as defined above.
  • Still more preferred compounds of formula III include those wherein
  • Rx is C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably phenyl), where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, wherein R 50 is independently halogen, OH, or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl;
  • Xi, X 2 and X 3 are independently CH 2 or CHR 200 , where one of X 2 or
  • X 3 is optionally replaced with 0, NH or NR 7 ;
  • X 4 is a bond;
  • X 5 , X s , X 7 and X 8 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where one of X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 is optionally replaced with N;
  • R 20 o is -C 1 - 4 alkyl, -halogen; -0-C ⁇ _ 3 alkyl; -pyrrolyl or - (CH 2 ) i- 3 -N(R 7 ) 2 , where R 7 is as defined above.
  • R 50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (C ⁇ -C alkyl), -NR 7 R 8 , Ci-Cg alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are selected from H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH 2 and halogen; -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) -0-(C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl); -C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; and -C 2 -C 4 alkynyl;
  • X ⁇ -X 8 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where 1, 2, 3 or 4 of Xi - X 8 are optionally replaced with N (more preferably, 1, 2, or 3 are replaced with N) ; where R 20 o is as definded above.
  • Preferred compounds of formula IV include those where Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, where each aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, R 50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR 7 R 8 or C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl ,
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently H; -C ⁇ -C alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH , and halogen; or -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; and
  • Xi - X 8 are independently CH or CR 2 oo, where one or two of Xi - X 8 is optionally replaced with N, and R 50 and R 2 oo are as defined above.
  • Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl group (preferably phenyl) is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, R 50 is independently selected from halogen, OH, or C ⁇ -C e alkyl ;
  • Xi - X 8 are independently CH or CR 2 oo, where one of X ⁇ -X 8 is optionally replaced with N.
  • Still other Preferred compounds of formula IV include those where
  • R 20 o is -C 1 -C 5 alkyl, -C 2 -C 5 alkenyl, -C 3 -C 3 cycloalkyl, halogen,
  • Rso is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (C 1 -C 4 alkyl), -NR 7 R 8 , C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are selected from H; -C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH 2 and halogen; -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; - (C 1 -C4 alkyl) -0- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl); -C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; and -C 2 -C 4 alkynyl;
  • R 4 is H or -C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
  • R 5 is -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl;
  • Xi - X 4 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where 1 or 2 of X x - X are optionally replaced with N; and where R 20 o is as definded above.
  • Preferred compounds of formula V include those where Rx is C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, where each aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, each R 50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR 7 R 8 or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl ,
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen; or -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl ; and X x - X 4 are independently CH or CR 2 oo, where one or two of X x - X 4 is optionally replaced with N; and R 20 o is as defined above.
  • Rx is C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, R 50 is independently selected from halogen, OH, and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl ;
  • X ⁇ -X 4 are CH or CR 20 o, where one of Xx - X is optionally replaced with N, and where R 50 and R 20 o are as defined above.
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula V include those where
  • R 20 o is -C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl, -C ⁇ -C 5 alkenyl, -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , -0-C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) -O- ( C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), pyrrolyl, or - (CH 2 ) ⁇ - 3 -N (R 7 ) 2 ⁇
  • T, R N , Rx, R 2 and R 3 are as defined above; m is 0 or an integer of 1-6;
  • Y is H, CN, OH, Ci-Cg alkoxy, C0 2 H, C0 2 R 2 ⁇ 5 , NH 2 , aryl or heteroaryl; and X ⁇ -X 5 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where 1, or 2 of X ⁇ -X 5 are optionally replaced with N, and R 20 o is as definded as above.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VI include those where
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 15 are H;
  • R 50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), -NR 7 R 8 , C ⁇ -C e alkyl, C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH 2 and halogen; -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C alkyl); -C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; or -C 2 -C 4 alkynyl;
  • X 1 -X 5 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where 1 or 2 of X ⁇ -X 5 are optionally replaced with N; and Y and R 20 o is as definded above.
  • Rx is C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, where each aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, R 50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR 7 R 8 or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, R 7 and R 8 are independently -H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen; or -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; ⁇ -X 5 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where one or two of X ⁇ -X 5 is optionally replaced with N.
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula VI include those where
  • Rx is C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups, where R 50 is independently selected from halogen, OH, or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl; wherein X x - X 5 are independently CH or CR 20 o, where one of Xx - X 5 is optionally replaced with N, and where R 50 and R 2 oo are as definded above.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula VI, wherein
  • R 2 00 is -C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, -C ⁇ -C 5 alkenyl, -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , -0-C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) -O- ( C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), pyrrolyl, or - (CH 2 ) ⁇ - 3 -N (R 7 ) 2 , and where R 7 is as defined above .
  • Yet other preferred compounds of formula VI include those where
  • R so is selected from halogen, OH, -CO- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) , -NR 7 R 8 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C e alkoxy and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; and
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently -H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen; -C 3 -C 3 cycloalkyl; or - (C 1 -C 4 alkyl) -0- (C 1 -C 4 alkyl) .
  • R c is (CR245R 2 50) i-aryl, where the aryl (preferably phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably phenyl) is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 2 oo groups; and R 245 is H and R 25 o is H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl; or
  • R 245 and R 250 are independently C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl (preferably both are methyl) ; or CR 245 R 2 5o represents a C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl group.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-b include those of formula I-c, i.e., compounds of I-b wherein the (CR 245 R 250 ) i-aryl is (CR 24 sR 25 o) 1 -phenyl where the phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 20 o groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-c include those of formula I-d, i.e., compounds of I-c wherein the phenyl in (CR 245 R 250 ) 1 -phenyl is substituted with 1-3 independently selected R 20 o groups, or
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-d include those of formula I-e, i.e., compounds wherein R 245 is hydrogen and R 250 is C 1 -C 3 alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-d include those of formula I-f, i.e., compounds of formula I-d wherein R 245 and
  • R 250 are both hydrogen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-f include those of formula I-g, i.e., compounds of I-f wherein the phenyl in
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-g include those of formula I-h, i.e., compounds of I-g wherein
  • R 2 00 i C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, hydroxy (Ci- C s ) alkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, or -NR 22 o 22 5, where R 220 and R 225 are independently hydrogen or alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formulas I-g or I-h include those of formula I-i, i.e., compounds wherein Rx is benzyl where the phenyl portion is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 2 alkoxy, -O-allyl, and hydroxy.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-i include those of formula I-k, i.e., compounds of I-i wherein the phenyl in (CR 245 R 25 o) i-phenyl is substituted with 1 R 20 o group, and 1 heteroaryl group, wherein the heteroaryl is a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 0 or 1-3 nitrogen atoms and 0 or 1 oxygen atoms provided that the ring contains at least one nitrogen or oxygen atom, and where the ring is optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, hydroxy (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl , hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl , amino, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, or di (C ⁇ C 6 ) alkylamino.
  • Other preferred compounds of formula I-i include those of formula I-k, i.e., compounds of I-i wherein the phenyl in (CR 2 5 R 2S o) ⁇ -phenyl is substituted withl R 2 oo group, and 1 heterocycloalkyl group which is preferably piperazinyl, piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl and where the group is optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, hydroxy (C ⁇ -C 3 ) alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, -S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), -C ⁇ -C 6 alkanoyl, amino, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, or di (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-k include those of formula I-l, i.e., compounds wherein the heteroaryl is pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl , imidazolyl, pyrazolyl , furanyl , thiazolyl, or oxazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C6 alkoxy, hydroxy (C ⁇ C 6 ) alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, amino, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, or di (C ⁇ -C e ) alkylamino .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-l include those of formula I-m, i.e., compounds wherein R 20 o is C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, or C 2 - C 6 alkenyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-n include those of formula I-o, i.e., compounds of I-n wherein CR 245 R 25 o represents a C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl group.
  • Other preferred compounds of formula I-n include those of formula I-p, i.e., compounds of I-n wherein CR 2 5 R 25 o represents a C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl group.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-p include those of formula I-q, i.e., compounds of I-p wherein CR 2 5R 25 o represents a C 6 cycloalkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-q include those of formula I-r, i.e., compounds of I-q wherein the phenyl in (CR 2 5 R 25 o) i-phenyl is substituted with
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-r include those of formula I-s, i.e., compounds wherein the phenyl in (CR 245 R 25 o) x-phenyl is substituted with 1 R 200 group .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-s include those of formula I-t, i.e., compounds wherein R 2 oo is C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl , C 2 -C 6 alkenyl , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, hydroxy (C ⁇
  • R 220 and R 2 5 are independently hydrogen or alkyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-t include those of formula I-u, i.e., compounds wherein
  • Rx is benzyl where the phenyl portion of the benzyl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 2 alkoxy, -O-allyl, and hydroxy.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-u include those of formula I-w, i.e., compounds of I-u wherein R 200 is C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl or C 2 -C 6 alkenyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-w include those of formula I-x, i.e., compounds wherein R x is benzyl, 3- fluorobenzyl or 3 , 5-difluorobenzyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-w include those of formula I-z, i.e., compounds wherein R 20 o is C 3 -C 5 alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-m include those of formula I-aa, i.e., compounds wherein R 2 oo is C 3 -C 5 alkyl.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula I-bb, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas I to I-aa, wherein R 2 is H, methyl, or hydroxymethyl and R 3 is H.
  • R c is as defined above and R x is C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups .
  • R x is C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups .
  • R x is C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups .
  • R c is as defined above and R x is C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups .
  • R x is C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phen
  • R c is -CHR245-CHR2 50 -phenyl; wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 R 20 o groups; and R 245 and R 2 so are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 5 , 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, or 2 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by 1 or 2 groups that are independently -O- , -S-, -S0 2 -, -C(O)-, or -NR220-, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C 1 -C alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), N(C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), -NH-C (0) C 1 -C 5 alkyl, -NH- S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C
  • Ri is C 1 -C 10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups .
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-dd include those of formula I-ee, i.e.
  • R 245 and R 250 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), N(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), -NH-C (0) C1-C5 alkyl, -NH-S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), or halogen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I-dd include those of formula I-ff, i.e. compounds of formula I-dd, wherein
  • R2 45 and R 250 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 5, or 6, carbon atoms, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C 1 -C4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), N(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), -NH-C (O) C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, -NH-S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), or halogen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I include those of formula Il-gg, i.e. compounds of formula I wherein
  • R 245 and R 250 at each occurance are independently -H, -C 1 -C 3 alkyl , - (C1-C3 alkyl ) C0 2 H, or - (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl ) OH, (in one aspect R245 is H; in another aspect , R 2 5 and R 250 are H ; in another aspect , R24 5 and R 250 are both methyl ) or R 245 and R 250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms (preferably 6 carbon atoms) , where 1 or 2 carbon atoms is optionally replaced by -0-, -C(O)-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR220-
  • Preferred compounds of formula VII include compounds of formula Vll-a, i.e., compounds of formula VII wherein at least one of the R 50 groups is a halogen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula Vll-a include compounds of formula VII-c, i.e., compounds of formula Vll-a wherein at least one R 50 group is halogen. More preferably, the other R 50 group is H, OH or -O-allyl. In another aspect, both R 50 groups are halogen and more preferably, F or Cl . Still more preferably, both R 50 groups are F. Still more preferably, the R 50 groups are "meta" relative to each other, i.e., 1-3 to each other.
  • Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VII, Vll-a, and VII-c include compounds of formula Vll-e, i.e., compounds wherein
  • R 245 and R 250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a bicycle of 5, 6, 7, or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, -C(O)-, and -NR 220 -; and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2,
  • the bicycle is bicyclo [3.1.0] hexyl , 6-aza- bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane wherein the nitrogen is optionally substituted with -C (0) CH 3 or CH 3 , octahydro- cyclopenta [c] pyrrolyl , 5-oxo-octahydro-pentalenyl , or 5- hydroxy-octahydro-pentalenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C 1 -C4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, hydroxyl and halogen.
  • Preferred according to any one of formulas VII-c, Vll-d and Vll-e include compounds wherein one R 20 o is imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, furanyl , benzyl, piperidinonyl, or pyridyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with halogen, or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl. Also preferred are compounds wherein a second R 20 o is C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl (preferably C 2 -C e alkyl, more preferably tert-butyl, neopentyl or isopropyl.)
  • Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VII, VII -a, and VII-c include compounds of formula VII -f, i.e., compounds wherein
  • R 2 5 and R 250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms, where at least 1, but up to 3 carbon atoms are replaced by groups that are independently -0-, -S-, - S0 2 -, -C(O)-, or -NR 22 o- (in one aspect, preferably -0-); and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl,
  • the monocycle is tetrahydropyranyl , 2-oxo- tetrahydropyrimidinonyl , piperidinyl, 2- oxo (1, 3) oxazinonyl, or cyclohexanonyl .
  • R 22 o is H, -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -CHO, hydroxy C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, -amino C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -S0 2 -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkanoyl optionally substituted with up to three halogens, -C(0)NH 2 , -C (0) NH (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), -C(0)N(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), -halo C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, or - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 - (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl). More preferably, R 220 is H, -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C x -
  • Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VII- d or Vll-e include compounds of formula Vll-g, i.e., compounds wherein at least one R 20 o is C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl. More preferably, R 2 oo is C 2 -C 6 alkyl. Still more preferably it is C 3 -C 3 alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas Vlla-VIIg include compounds of formula Vll-h, i.e., compounds wherein R c is of the formula:
  • R c is of the formula:
  • the invention provides compounds according to any one of formulas VII to VII -h wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides compounds according to any one of formulas VII to Vll-h wherein R 2 is C ⁇ C 4 alkyl or hydroxy C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl. In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of 'formula VIII :
  • A is -CH2-CR100R101-, -CH2-S-, -CH 2 -S(0)-, -CH 2 -S(0) 2 -, -CH 2 -NR ⁇ oo-, -CH 2 -C(0)-, -CH 2 -0-, -0-CR 100 R ⁇ o ⁇ - , -S0 2 -NR ⁇ 0 o, or -C(0)-0-;
  • Rxoo and R 10 ⁇ are independently H, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, phenyl, CO(C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) or S0 2 C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl;
  • V is CH, CR 50 , or N;
  • R 30 o is H or C ⁇ -C alkyl (preferably the alkyl is methyl) ; and Z, R ⁇ 0 and R 20 o are as defined for formula I.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VIII include compounds of formula VHI-a, i.e., compounds of formula VIII wherein at least one of the R so groups is a halogen.
  • the other R 50 group is H, OH, or -O-allyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula VHI-a include compounds of formula VHI-b, i.e., compounds wherein T is NH, N-methyl N-ethyl, or oxygen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VIII-b include compounds of formula VIII-c, i.e., compounds of formula VHI-b wherein both R 50 groups are halogen and more preferably, F or Cl . Still more preferably, both R 50 groups are F. In other preferred compounds, at least one R 50 is OH or -O-benzyl. More preferably, a second R 50 is present and it is a halogen (preferably F or Cl . )
  • Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VIII, VIII -a, VIII-b, or VIII-c include those of formula VHI-d, i.e., compounds wherein at least one R 20 o is C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 200 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl, preferably neopentyl, tert-butyl or isopropyl.
  • R 20 o is C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formual VIII-d include those wherein A is -CH 2 -0- or -CH 2 -CH - .
  • A is -C (0) -0-
  • compounds wherein A is -CH 2 -NR ⁇ 0 o- •
  • compounds wherein A is -CH 2 -S-, -CH 2 -S(0)-, or -CH 2 -S(0) 2 -.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VIII include compounds wherein one R 20 o is C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, preferably C 2 -C e alkyl, more preferably C 3 -C 5 alkyl.
  • a second R 2 oo is present and it is imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, furanyl , benzyl, or pyridyl, wherein each cyclic group is optionally substituted with -R 2 os, halogen, and/or C ⁇ C alkyl. In another aspect, they are substituted with halogen, and/or C ⁇ -C alkyl. Also preferred are compounds wherein a second R 2 oo is C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl. Also preferred are compounds wherein R 10 o and R 10 ⁇ are independently H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl .
  • preferred compounds of formula VIII -d include those wherein R 30 o is methyl.
  • R 300 when R 300 is methyl, A is -CH 2 -0- or -CH 2 -CH 2 - .
  • preferred compounds of formula I include compounds of formula A- I:
  • A-I and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein the A ring is a heteroaryl group, selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, wherein said heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four R z and/or Ra groups, wherein d Ra at each occurrence are independently C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R S ; or OH; N0 2 ; halogen; C0 2 H; C ⁇ N; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-NR 21 R 22 wherein R 21 and R 22 are the same or different and are selected from H; -C ⁇ -C e al
  • R 17 at each occurrence is an aryl group selected from phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2 -naphthyl and indanyl , indenyl , dihydronaphthyl , or tetralinyl, wherein said aryl groups are optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, SH, and -NR 5 R e , C ⁇ N, CF 3 , and C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy; or C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C-C 6 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from F, Cl , OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3
  • C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and
  • t each occurrence is independently morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl , homopiperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S,S- dioxide, oxazolidinonyl , dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl
  • Ri 9 group is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and
  • C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from F, Cl , OH, SH, C ⁇ N,
  • Rxx is selected from morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homomorpholinyl S-oxide, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl where each group is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, and halogen; or
  • Rz and R d at each occurrence are independently - (CH ) 0 - 4 -C0 2 R 2 o ; - (CH 2 )o- 4 -S0 2 -NR2iR 2 2; - (CH 2 ) 0 . 4 -SO- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -
  • R 0 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 - (R ⁇ 7 ) , C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, and -(CH 2 ) 0 - or Rz and R d at each occurrence are independently C 2 -C 3 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with C 1 -C 3 alkyl, F, Cl , Br, I, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, or -NR 5 R 6 ; or the A ring is an aromatic hydrocarbon selected from phenyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, indanyl , dihydronaphthyl or
  • each aromatic hydrocarbon is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four Rz and/or R d groups which at each occurrence can be the same or different and are:
  • C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C 1 -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R S ; or - OH ; -N0 2 ; halogen ; -C0 2 H ; - C ⁇ N ; - ( CH 2 ) 0 - - CO-NR 2 ⁇ R 22 ;
  • R a and R b are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, F, OH,
  • W is a bond, absent, -S-, -S(0)-, -S0 2 -, -0-, -NH- or -N(C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) ;
  • E is a bond, absent, or C ⁇ -C 3 alkylene
  • A is absent, alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl where each aryl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three R 10 o groups; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 10 o groups; or heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 200 groups, wherein
  • Rxoo at each occurrence is independently selected from N0 2 , C ⁇ N, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 3 alkynyl, -N (R) CO (R' ) R, -C0 2 -R 2 5, -NH-C0 2 -R 2S , -0-
  • R 25 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) 0 - 2 - cycloalkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 _ 2 -aryl , where the aryl is optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxy, C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, amino, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, or di (C ⁇
  • R and R' at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 -aryl, or - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 -cycloalkyl , where each aryl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxy, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, amino, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, or di (C x - C 6 ) alkylamino;
  • G is absent or C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 groups independently selected from -C0 2 H,
  • -C0 2 (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, -OH, -NRR' , -C ⁇ -C 5 haloalkyl, - (C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), -C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, -C -C 10 alkynyl, -C 4 -C 10 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R ⁇ oo, heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R ⁇ 0 o, and C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl ; or G is - (CH 2 ) 0-3- (C 3 -C 7 ) cycloalkyl where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from -C0 2 H, -C0 2 -
  • (C1-C4 alkyl) C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, OH, -NH 2 , -C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkyl, - (C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), -C 2 -C ⁇ 0 alkenyl with 1 or 2 double bonds, C 2 -C 10 alkynyl with
  • G is - (CH 2 ) 0-4-aryl, - (CH 2 ) o- -heteroaryl , or - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 - heterocycle, wherein the aryl, heteroaryl -(CH 2 )o- 4 - heterocycle, groups are optionally substituted with
  • G is -C(R ⁇ o) (R12) -CO-NH-R ⁇ 4 wherein
  • Rxo and R 12 are the same or different and are selected from H, -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) -aryl, where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 10 o groups; - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) -heteroaryl where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rioo groups; - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) -heterocycle, where the heterocycle is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
  • (CH) ⁇ _ 4 -heteroaryl where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 10 o groups; -aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 100 groups, - heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rioo groups, and -heterocycle optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 200 groups, wherein Y is -0-, -S-, -NH-, or -NH(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl); and R 14 is H, -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R ⁇ oo groups, -heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R ⁇ oo groups, -heterocycle optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 20 o groups, - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) -aryl, where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rioo groups; - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) -hetero
  • R 5 and R ⁇ and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring; or R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from - 0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 7 - ;
  • R 15 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, hydroxy C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, halo C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkanoyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, NH 2 , and -R 2S -R2 ; and - 26- 27
  • Rs is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -S0 2 -, -C0 2 -,
  • R 27 is selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, aryl C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein each of the above is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, -NR 5 R S , -C(0)NR 5 R 5 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-I include those wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , and C ⁇ C 4 alkoxy; and C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R 6 ; or
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from - 0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 7 -; wherein
  • R 7 is selected from H, -C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , phenyl and halogen; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl); - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl); C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; phenyl ; naphthyl ; heteroaryl ; heterocycloalkyl .
  • R 15 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, C1-C 4 alkoxy, C ⁇ -C 4 alkanoyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, alkyl, hydroxy, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, and NH 2 ; and -R 26 -R2 7 ; wherein
  • R 26 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -S0 2 -, -C0 2 -,
  • R 27 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, and benzyl, wherein each of the above is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, halo C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, -C(0)NR 5 R 6 , or -NR 5 R 6 ⁇
  • R 15 , R 2 , and R 3 are all hydrogen
  • T is oxygen or NH
  • R N is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -NR ⁇ _ a R ⁇ - b where
  • Rx- a and R_b independently represent C ⁇ -C e alkyl, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , and
  • Rx is phenyl substituted with one or, preferably, two halogens, preferably, fluoro. More preferably, R z and Ra are independently hydrogen or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, even more preferably one of R z and R is hydrogen and the other is C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl.
  • R n is preferably phenyl optionally substituted with one or two independently selected halogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl or C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy groups.
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula A- I include those of formula A-I-l, i.e., compounds of formula A-I wherein Rz and R d are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH,
  • R 2 ⁇ and R 22 independently represent hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, hydroxyl (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl , amino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl , haloalkyl ,
  • Rz and R d are independently selected from - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C ⁇ -C 12 alkyl) ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 2 -C ⁇ 2 alkenyl) ; CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 2 -
  • R 2 o is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 - (phenyl) , - (CH 2 ) 0-2- (naphthyl) , C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, C 2 -C 3 alkynyl, C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl, and - (CH 2 ) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , or Rz and R d are independently selected from - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 -NR 21 R 22 ;
  • A-II Preferred compounds of formula A-II include those wherein
  • R 3 and R 3 are independently selected from H; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , and C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R 6 ;
  • R 5 and R 6 at each occurrence are independently H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl ; or R 5 and R 6 and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring; or R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 7 -; wherein
  • R 7 is selected from H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen; -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; - (C ⁇ -C alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl); -C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; and -C 2 -C alkynyl .
  • R 15 , R 2 , and R 3 are all hydrogen; and T is oxygen or NH
  • R N is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -NR ⁇ _ a R ⁇ _ b where Rx_ a and R ⁇ _ b independently represent C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , and ⁇ C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy; halogen; C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy; -NR N _ 2 R N - 3 where R N _ 2 and R N _ 3 independently represent C ⁇ -C 6 lkyl; and hydroxy.
  • Rx is phenyl substituted with one or, preferably, two halogens, preferably, fluoro . More preferably, R z and R d are independently hydrogen or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, even more preferably one of R z and R d is hydrogen and the other is C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl. R N is preferably phenyl optionally substituted with one or two independently selected halogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl or C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy groups.
  • R 50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, -NR 7 R 8 , -S0 2 -(C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C e alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1,
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-II-1 include those of formul A-III :
  • More preferred compounds of formula A-III include those of formula A-III-1, i.e., compounds of formula A-III wherein Rx is phenyl, phenyl C ⁇ -C e alkyl, naphthyl, or naphthyl C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, wherein the phenyl or naphthyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R 50 groups.
  • Still more preferred compound of formula A-III-1 include those of formula A-III-2, i.e., compound of formula A-III-1 wherein
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 7 -; wherein
  • R 7 is H, -C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen; -C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; or -C 2 -C 4 alkynyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-III-2 include those of formula A-III-3, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-2 wherein R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms .
  • Equally preferred compound of formula A-III-2 include those of formula A-III-4, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-2 compounds wherein
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 -, and -NR 7 -;
  • R 7 is H, -C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , and C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; and C 2 -C 3 alkynyl.
  • More preferred compound of formulas A-III-3, A-III-4, and A-III-5 include those of formula A-III-6, i.e., compound of formulas A-III-3, A-III-4, and A-III-5 wherein
  • R a and R b are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, CN, OH, hydroxyalkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkoxy, and -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl-NR 5 R e ; or R a and R b are attached to the same carbon and form a C 3 -C 7 spirocycle; and R 20 at each occurrence is independently H or C ⁇ -C alkyl.
  • Preferred compound of formula A-III-6 include those of formula A-III-6a, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-6 wherein
  • Rz and Ra are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH,
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) o-4-CO-NR 2 ⁇ R 22 , - (CH 2 ) 0 -4-SO 2 -NR 21 R 22 ; -(CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, hydroxyl (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl, amino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl, haloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl),
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C ⁇ -C ⁇ 2 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 2 -C 12 alkenyl); CH 2 ) 0 _ 4 -CO- (C 2 -C ⁇ 2 ) alkynyl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-phenyl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-naphthyl ;
  • R 20 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 - (phenyl) , - (CH 2 ) 0 - 2 - (naphthyl) , C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O-CO- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -0-P (O) - (OR 5 ) 2 ; -(CH 2 )o-4-0-CO-N(R 2 o)2; - (CH 2 ) 0-4-O-CS-N (R 20 ) 2 ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4-O- (R 2 o) ; - (CH 2 ) 0-4-O- (R 2 o) -C0 2 H; - (CH 2 ) 0-4-S- (R 2 o) ; - (CH) 0-4- O-halo(C ⁇ -Cs) alkyl; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O- (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl ; C 3 -C 8 cycl
  • R 50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen
  • Rx is C 2 -C 3 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 ,
  • More preferred compounds of formula A-III-7 include those compounds of formula A-III-8, i.e., compounds of formula A-
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 7 -; wherein
  • R 7 is selected from H or -C ⁇ -C alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-III-8 include those compounds of formula A-III-9, i.e., compounds of formula A-
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms.
  • Other preferred compounds of formula A-III-8 include those compounds of formula A-III-10, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-8 wherein R 2 , R 3 , and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, and -NR 7 -; wherein
  • R 7 is selected from H or -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen.
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula A-III-8 include those compounds of formula A-III-11, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-8 wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, or 2 substituents that are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , and C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; and C 2 -C 3 alkynyl.
  • More preferred compound according to any one of formulas A-III-9, A-III-10, or A-III-11 include those of formula A-III- 12, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas of formulas A-III-9, A-III-10, or A-III-11 wherein
  • R a and R b are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, F, OH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R S ; and R 20 at each occurrence is independently H or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-III -12 include those compounds wherein
  • Rz and R d are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R 6 ; hydroxy; halogen; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with C ⁇ -C alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, or NR 5 R 6 .
  • Rz and Ra are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-NR 2 ⁇ R 22 , - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 -NR 2 ⁇ R 22 ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula A-III-12 include those compounds wherein
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C ⁇ -C ⁇ 2 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0-4-CO- (C 2 -C 12 alkenyl); CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 2 -C 12 ) alkynyl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-phenyl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-naphthyl ; (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-heteroaryl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - -CO-heterocycloalkyl ; - (CH 2 )o-4-C0 2 R 2 o; where
  • R 20 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0-2- (phenyl) ,
  • Yet other preferred compounds of formula A- III -12 include those compounds wherein
  • Rz and Ra are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O-CO- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O-P (0) -
  • R 50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -CO- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), -C0 2 - (C x -
  • A-IV Preferred compounds of formula A-IV include those wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently H or C ⁇ -C alkyl.
  • R a and R b are independently H or C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl; and Rx is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 50 groups ; and R 15 at each occurrence is independently H or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IV-1 include those of formula A-IV-2, i.e., compounds of formula A-IV-1 wherein Rx is a dihalophenyl; and R 2 and R 3 are independently H or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IV-2 include compounds of formula A-V
  • A-V wherein hal at each occurrence is independently selected from F, Cl,
  • More preferred compounds of formula A-V include those compounds wherein Rz is a C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl group.
  • A-VI wherein hal at each occurrence is independently selected from F, Cl , Br, and I .
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-VI include those compounds wherein Rz is a C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl group.
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula A-IV-2 include compounds of formula A-VIII
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX include compounds of formula A-IX-1, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H; C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , and C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R 6 ; or R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S
  • R 7 is selected from H; -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-1 include those of formula A-IX-2, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-1, wherein
  • R 15 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkanoyl, benzyl optionally substituted with 0CH 3 , -C (0) -tertiary butyl, and -C0 -benzyl.
  • Rx is C 2 - C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N,
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-3 include those of formula A-IX-4, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-3, wherein R 50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, -NR 7 R 8 , -S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 substituents independently selected from C ⁇ C 4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR 5 R 6 , CN, C ⁇ -C 4 haloalkyl, C x -C 4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR 7 R 8 , and C ⁇ -
  • pyridinyl is selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl , thienyl, pyrazole, isoxazole, and pyrrolyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-5 include compounds of formula A-IX-6, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-5 wherein wherein, Rx is phenyl C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl or naphthyl C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, wherein the phenyl or naphthyl group is optionally substituted with
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-6 include compounds of formula A-IX-7, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-6 wherein
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 7 -; wherein R 7 is H, -C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen; -C 2 -C alkenyl; or -C 2 -C 4 alkynyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A- IX- 7 include compounds of formula A-IX-8, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-7 wherein R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms.
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, and -NR 7 -;
  • R 7 is H, -C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen;
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H; C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 substituent that is selected from halogen, -CF 3 , and C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy; C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; C 2 -C 4 alkynyl; and -C0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl); and R 5 and R 6 are at each occurrence are independently H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl ; or R 5 and R 6 and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formulas A-IX-8, A-IX-9, or A-IX- 10 include those of formula A-IX-11, i.e., compounds of formulas A-IX-8, A-IX-9, or A-IX-10 wherein R a and Rb are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl , C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, CN, OH, hydroxyalkyl , C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkyl , C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkoxy, and -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl -NR 5 R 6 ; or R a and Rb are attached to the same carbon and form a C 3 -C 7 spirocycle ; and
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently H or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-11 include those wherein
  • Rz and R d are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH,
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 -4-CO-NR 2 ⁇ R 22 , - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 -NR 21 R 22 ; -(CH 2 ) 0 - 4 - SO- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 - (C ⁇ -C ⁇ 2 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 -
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, hydroxyl (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl, amino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl, haloalkyl,
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C ⁇ -C ⁇ 2 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 2 -C ⁇ 2 alkenyl); CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 2 -C ⁇ 2 ) alkynyl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-phenyl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-naphthyl ; (CH 2 ) o- 4 -CO-heteroaryl; - (CH 2 ) 0 -4-CO-heterocycloalkyl ; (CH2)o- 4 -C ⁇ 2R 60 ; where
  • R 6 o is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, - (CH 2 ) 0 -2- (phenyl) ,
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O-CO- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O-P (O) - (OR 5 ) 2 ; - (CH 2 )o- 4 -0-CO-N(R 20 ) 2 ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O-CS-N (R 20 ) 2 ; -(CH 2 ) 0 - 4-0- (R 20 ); -(CH 2 )o- 4 -0-(R2o)-C0 2 H; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -S- (R 20 ) ; -(CH 2 ) 0 - 4 - O-halo(C ⁇ -Cs) alkyl; - (CH 2 ) 0 .
  • R 50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -CO- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl ) , -C0 2 - (C x -
  • NR 7 R 8 - S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl ) , C ⁇ - C 6 alkyl , C 2 -C 3 alkenyl , C 2 -C 6 alkynyl , C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl ; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR 5 R S , CN, C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR 7 R 8 , and C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy.
  • Rx is C -C 3 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , OCF 3 , C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-12 include those of formula A-IX-13, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-12 wherein R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, or -NR 7 -; wherein
  • R 7 is selected from H or -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen.
  • 19- Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-13 include those of formula A-IX-14, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-13 wherein R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms.
  • Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-13 include those of formula A-IX-15, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-13 wherein
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, and -NR 7 -;
  • R 7 is selected from H and -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH 2 , and halogen.
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H; C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 substituent that is selected from halogen, -CF3, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy; C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; and C 2 -C 4 alkynyl; and
  • R 5 and R s are at each occurrence are independently -H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl ; or R 5 and R 6 and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formulas A-IX-14, A-IX-15, A-IX-16 include compounds of formula A-IX-17, i.e., compounds of formulas A-IX-14, A-IX-15, A-IX-16 wherein
  • R a and R b are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, F, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 5 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R 6 ; and R 15 at each occurrence is independently H or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-17 include those compounds wherein
  • Rz and R d are independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR 5 R 6 ; hydroxy; halogen; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF 3 ,
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO-NR 21 R 22 , - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 -NR 2 ⁇ R 22 ; -(CH 2 ) 0 - 4 - SO- (Ci-C ⁇ alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 - (C ⁇ -C 12 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -SO 2 -
  • R 2 ⁇ and R 22 independently represent hydrogen, C ⁇ -C e alkyl, hydroxyl (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl, amino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl , haloalkyl,
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-17 include those compounds wherein
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C ⁇ -C ⁇ 2 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -CO- (C 2 -C 12 alkenyl); CH 2 ) 0 . 4 -CO- (C 2 -C ⁇ 2 ) alkynyl ; - (CH 2 ) 0 .
  • Rz and R d are - (CH 2 ) 0 _ 4 -O-CO- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl); - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -O-P (0) - (OR 5 ) 2 ; -(CH 2 ) 0 -4-0-CO-N(R 2 o)2; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -0-CS-N (R 20 ) 2 ; -(CH 2 ) 0 .
  • R 50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -CO- (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl), -C0 2 - (C ⁇ C 4 alkyl) , -S0 2 -NR 5 R S , -NR 7 R 8 , -CO-NR 5 R 6 , -C0-
  • NR 7 R 8 -S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl ) , C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl , C 2 -C 6 alkenyl , C 2 -C 6 alkynyl , C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl ; wherein the alkyl , alkenyl , alkynyl , alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 substituents independently selected from C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl , halogen, OH, SH , -NR 5 R 6 , CN, C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR 7 R 8 , and C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy.
  • Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-4 include those of formula A-X
  • A-X Preferred compounds of formula A-X include compounds of formula A-X-l, i.e., compounds of formula A-X wherein Rx is phenyl C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl or naphthyl C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, wherein the phenyl or naphthyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R 50 groups; and R 2 and R 3 are independently H or C ⁇ -C alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-X-l include compounds of formula A-X-2, i.e., compounds of formula A-X-l wherein R a and R b are independently H or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl; or
  • R a and R b are attached to the same carbon and form a C 3 -C 3 carbocycle;
  • Rx is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R 50 groups ; and
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently H or C ⁇ -C alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula A-X-2 include compounds of formula A-X-3, i.e., compounds of formula A-X-2 wherein Rx is a dihalophenyl.
  • Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas A- IX-5, A-X or A-X-3 include compounds of formula A-X-4, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas A-IX-5, A-X or A-X- 3 having the following structure,
  • J at each occurrence is independently selected from N or CRz, wherein
  • Rz at each occurrence is independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and NR S R S ; hydroxy; halogen; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, or NR 5 R 6 ; provided that at least two Js are CRz.
  • compositions A-IX-5, A-X or A-X-3 include compounds of formula A- X-5, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas A-IX-5, A-X or A-X-3 having the following structure,
  • J is selected from N, S, O, and CRz, wherein Rz at each occurrence is independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C ⁇ N, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and NR 5 R 6 ; hydroxy; halogen; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, or NR S R 6 ; provided that at least one J is CRz.
  • compositions of interest include those compounds according to any one of embodiments A- I to A-X-5, wherein T is oxygen, NH, N-methyl, or N-ethyl. Still other preferred compounds include those compounds according to any one of embodiments A-I to A-X-5, wherein R 5 and R 6 at each occurrence are independently H or C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl.
  • the invention provides a method of preparing compounds of formula.
  • the invention provides intermediates that are useful in the preparation of the compounds of interest .
  • R c is tetralinyl, indanyl , chromanyl, isochromanyl or a cylic or bi-cyclic sulfonyl, or an optionally substituted derivative thereof.
  • Optional substitutents include, for example, C ⁇ _6 alkyl, C ⁇ - 6 haloalkyl, C 4 - 7 cycloalkyl, -OH, -NH 2 or a halogen (e.g., F, Br, I, Cl) .
  • R c may be attached at any point on the tetraline, indane or cyclic or bi-cyclic sulfone ring system, provide that the valancy requirements for the atom of the ring system at the point of attachment are satisfied.
  • R c is tetralinyl, indanyl , chromanyl, isochromanyl or a cylic or bicyclic sulfonyl group, or an optionally substituted derivative thereof.
  • Optional substitutents include, for example, C ⁇ - 6 alkyl, C ⁇ _ 6 haloalkyl, C 4 .
  • R c may be attached at any point on the tetraline, indane or cyclic or bi-cyclic sulfone ring system, provide that the valancy requirements for the atom of the ring system at the point of attachment are satisfied.
  • aromatic rings which are also referred to herein as aryl or aryl rings, are preferably those unsaturated carbocylic rings that have a particularly stable electronic configuration owing to resonance (delocalization) of the pi-bond electrons in their structure.
  • Those carbon-only rings having a delocalized (4n+2) pi-electron system (this predictor is known as H ⁇ ckel's rule of 4n + 2 , where n is 0 or an integer) in a planar or substantially planar ring system.
  • benzene, naphthalene and azulene are aromatic rings, as are phenanthrene and anthracene.
  • heteroaromatic rings which are also referred to herein as heteroaryl or heteroaryl rings, are preferably those ring systems that consist of carbon and at least one heteratom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • pyridine and pryimidine heteroaryl rings not only are pyridine and pryimidine heteroaryl rings, but also furan, pyrrole, thiophene and imidazole.
  • multi- ring heteroaryls are those ring systems that contain at least one heteratom in each ring.
  • napthyridine, indolizine, thiazole, isoxazole, pteridine, pyrazolo [1 , 5-a] pyrimidine and thieno [2 , 3-b] furan are all muticyclic heteroaryl compounds.
  • N-oxides of nitrogen containing heteroaromatics are also contemplated by this definition.
  • Preferred rings sizes are: 5 to 6 atoms for a monocyclic heteroaryl; 8 to 10 for a bicyclic ring and 11 to 14 for a tricyclic ring system.
  • cycloakyl rings also referred to herein as ⁇ arbocyles or carbocyclic rings, are preferably those carbon-only containing rings that may contain one to three rings in the cyclic system. These cycloalkyl rings may be saturated or unsaturated, but may not contain a 4n+2 delocalized pi-electron system as described above. Preferred rings sizes are: 5 to 8 carbon atoms for a monocyclic cycloalkyl; 6 to 11 for a bicyclic ring and 8 to 15 for a tricyclic ring system.
  • Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl are cyclohexane, cylcohexene, cyclopentadiene, decalin, quinone, norbornene, 2 , 3 , 6, 7-tetrahydrofluorene and [2.2.2] bicyclo- octane
  • heterocyclic rings also referred to herein as heterocyles or heterocyclics, are preferably those ring systems that contain carbon and at least one heteroatom chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur within the ring chain and which may contain one to three rings in the cyclic system, provided that each of the fused rings contains at least one heteroatom.
  • These heterocycles rings may be saturated or unsaturated, but may not contain a 4n+2 delocalized pi- electron system as described above in the definition of heteroaromatic rings.
  • Preferred rings sizes are: 5 to 8 atoms for a monocyclic heterocycle; 6 to 11 for a bicyclic ring and 8 to 15 for a tricyclic heterocyclic ring system.
  • Non-limiting examples of heterocyclics are pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, thiazoline, thiazolidine, 2,3,8,9- tetrahydropurine, piperazine, 2 , 3 , or 4-pyridone, 5-thia-l- azabicyclo [4.2.0] oct-2-ene, and 1-azabicyclo [2.2.2] octane .
  • N-oxides, sulfoxides and sulfones formed from the ring nitrogen or sulfur are also within the scope of this definition.
  • aromatic, heteroaromatic, cycloalkyl and heterocyclic rings may be fused to one another to form fused ring systems, provided that fusion of the rings does not result in a structure that exceeds the valence of each of the constituent ring atoms (such as tertiary oxygen) and further does not result in a charged ring atom or delocalized charged species, such as a quaternary ring nitrogen.
  • Non-limiting examples of such combinations are: quinoline (formed by fusion of aromatic and heteroaromatic rings) ; indane (formed by fusion of aromatic and cycloalkyl rings); 3,4- dihydroquinazoline (formed by fusion of an aromatic and a heterocyclic ring) and hexahydro-indole (formed by fusion of heterocyclic and carbocyclic rings) .
  • fused tricyclic rings formed by several types of rings are contemplated, for example: phenothizaine (formed by combination of two aromatic and one heterocyclic rings) .
  • the invention encompasseses intermediates of having the formula:
  • the invention encompasses a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-
  • Degenerative dementias including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula I or IA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, wherein X, T, R 20 , Rx, R 2 , R 3 , N and R c are as defined as above.
  • the patient is a human. More preferably, the disease is Alzheimer's disease. More preferably, the disease is dementia.
  • the invention includes methods for making compounds of formula I and IA.
  • the compounds of formula I and IA are made by methods well known to those skilled in the art from starting compounds known to those skilled in the art.
  • the process chemistry is well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the most general process to prepare compounds of formula I and IA of the invention is set forth in Scheme 1.
  • One skilled in the art will appreciate that these are all wellknown reactions in organic chemistry.
  • a chemist skilled in the art, knowing the chemical structure of the biologically end product of formula I and IA of the invention would be able to prepare them by known methods from known starting materials without any additional information. The explanation below therefore is not necessary but is deemed helpful to those skilled in the art who desire to make the compounds of the invention.
  • Scheme I sets forth a general method used in the invention to prepare the appropriate compounds of formula (I) .
  • scheme II sets forth a general method to prepare appropriate compounds of formula (I) .
  • a protected amine is reacted with phosgene or phosgene equivalent such as triphosgene to generate an isocyanate that is subsequently reacted with an appropriate nucleophile.
  • phosgene or phosgene equivalent such as triphosgene to generate an isocyanate that is subsequently reacted with an appropriate nucleophile.
  • amino protecting group When an amino protecting group is used when preparing the inventive compounds, but no longer needed, it is removed by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the amino protecting group must be readily removable as is known to those skilled in the art by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable amino protecting group is selected from the group consisting of t-butoxycarbonyl , benzyloxycarbonyl , formyl, trityl, acetyl , trichloroacetyl, dichloroacetyl, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl , difluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl , 4 -phenylbenzyloxycarbonyl , 2- methylbenzyloxycarbonyl , 4-ethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl , 4- fluorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 4-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 3- chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-chlorobenzy
  • Suitable means for removal of the amine-protecting group depends on the nature of the protecting group. Those skilled in the art, knowing the nature of a specific protecting group, know which reagent is preferable for its removal . For example, it is preferred to remove the preferred protecting group, BOC, by dissolving the protected material in a trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane mixture.
  • Certain transformations can be carried out to generate desired R c groups after the R N group is placed in the molecule. Further, certain of these transformations can be carried out after the protecting group P is removed.
  • the compounds of the invention may contain geometric or optical isomers as well as tautomers .
  • the invention includes all tautomers and pure geometric isomers, such as the E and Z geometric isomers, as well as mixtures thereof. Futhermore, the invention includes pure enantiomers and diasteriomers as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures.
  • the individual geometric isomers, enantiomers, or diasteriomers may be prepared or isolated by methods known in the art.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are any salt which retains the activity of the parent compound and does not impart any deleterious or undesirable effect on the subject to whom it is administered and in the context in which it is administered.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of both inorganic and organic acids .
  • the preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of the following acids acetic, aspartic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, bisulfuric, bitartaric, butyric, calcium edetate, camsylic, carbonic, chlorobenzoic, citric, edetic, edisylic, estolic, esyl, esylic, formic, fumaric, gluceptic, gluconic, glutamic, glycollylarsanilic, hexamic, hexylresorcinoic, hydrabamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, hydroiodic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, aleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, methylnitric, methylsulfuric, mucic, muconic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, p- nitro
  • the invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase enzyme activity and A beta peptide production. Inhibition of beta-secretase enzyme activity halts or reduces the production of A beta from APP and reduces or eliminates the formation of beta-amyloid deposits in the brain.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for treating humans or animals suffering from a condition characterized by a pathological form of beta-amyloid peptide, such as beta- amyloid plaques, and for helping to prevent or delay the onset of such a condition.
  • a pathological form of beta-amyloid peptide such as beta- amyloid plaques
  • the compounds are useful for treating Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • MCI mimild cognitive impairment
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention are particularly useful for treating or preventing Alzheimer's disease.
  • the compounds of the invention can either be used individually or in combination, as is best for the patient .
  • treating means that the compounds of the invention can be used in humans with at least a tentative diagnosis of disease.
  • the compounds of the invention will delay or slow the progression of the disease thereby giving the individual a more useful life span.
  • preventing means that the compounds of the invention are useful when administered to a patient who has not been diagnosed as possibly having the disease at the time of administration, but who would normally be expected to develop the disease or be at increased risk for the disease.
  • the compounds of the invention will slow the development of disease symptoms, delay the onset of the disease, or prevent the individual from developing the disease at all .
  • Preventing also includes administration of the compounds of the invention to those individuals thought to be predisposed to the disease due to age, familial history, genetic or chromosomal abnormalities, and/or due to the presence of one or more biological markers for the disease, such as a known genetic mutation of APP or APP cleavage products in brain tissues or fluids .
  • the compounds of the invention are administered in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the therapeutically effective amount will vary depending on the particular compound used and the route of administration, as is known to those skilled in the art .
  • a physician may administer a compound of the invention immediately and continue administration indefinitely, as needed.
  • the physician should preferably start treatment when the patient first experiences early pre-Alzheimer ' s symptoms such as, memory or cognitive problems associated with aging.
  • a genetic marker such as APOE4 or other biological indicators that are predictive for Alzheimer's disease.
  • administration of the compounds of the invention may be started before symptoms appear, and treatment may be continued indefinitely to prevent or delay the outset of the disease .
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally, (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those of skill in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention.
  • compositions that contain therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds are preferably formulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenternal administration.
  • suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenternal administration.
  • the compounds described above are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques and procedures well known in the art.
  • compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 2 to about 100 mg, more preferably about 10 to about 30 mg of the active ingredient.
  • unit dosage from refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient .
  • compositions one or more compounds of the invention are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier Upon mixing or addition of the compound (s), the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion, or the like.
  • Liposomal suspensions may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • the form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle.
  • the effective concentration is sufficient for lessening or ameliorating at least one symptom of the disease, disorder, or condition treated and may be empirically determined.
  • compositions suitable for administration of the compounds provided herein include any such carriers known to those skilled in the art to be suitable for the particular mode of administration.
  • active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, or have another action.
  • the compounds may be formulated as the sole pharmaceutically active ingredient in the composition or may be combined with other active ingredients.
  • solubilizing may be used. Such methods are known and include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) , using surfactants such as Tween ® , and dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Derivatives of the compounds, such as salts or prodrugs may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions.
  • concentration of the compound is effective for delivery of an amount upon administration that lessens or ameliorates at least one symptom of the disorder for which the compound is administered.
  • the compositions are formulated for single dosage administration.
  • the compounds of the invention may be prepared with carriers that protect them against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings.
  • Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • the active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount sufficient to exert a therapeutically useful effect in the absence of undesirable side effects on the patient treated.
  • the therapeutically effective concentration may be determined empirically by testing the compounds in known in vi tro and in vivo model systems for the treated disorder.
  • kits for example, including component parts that can be assembled for use.
  • a compound inhibitor in lyophilized form and a suitable diluent may be provided as separated components for combination prior to use.
  • a kit may include a compound inhibitor and a second therapeutic agent for co- administration. The inhibitor and second therapeutic agent may be provided as separate component parts .
  • a kit may include a plurality of containers, each container holding one or more unit dose of the compound of the invention.
  • the containers are preferably adapted for the desired mode of administration, including, but not limited to tablets, gel capsules, sustained-release capsules, and the like for oral administration; depot products, pre-filled syringes, ampules, vials, and the like for parenternal administration; and patches, medipads, creams, and the like for topical administration.
  • the concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the active compound, the dosage schedule, and amount administered as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art .
  • the active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment is a function of the disease being treated and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vi tro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions.
  • the compound should be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach.
  • the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine.
  • the composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
  • Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier and may be compressed into tablets or enclosed in gelatin capsules .
  • the active compound or compounds can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules, or troches.
  • Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents and adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches, and the like can contain any of the following ingredients or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as, but not limited to, gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin; an excipient such as microcrystalline cellulose, starch, or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, alginic acid and corn starch; a lubricant such as, but not limited to, magnesium stearate; a gildant, such as, but not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; and a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or fruit flavoring.
  • a binder such as, but not limited to, gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin
  • an excipient such as microcrystalline cellulose, starch, or lactose
  • a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, alg
  • dosage unit form When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil .
  • dosage unit forms can contain various other materials, which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents.
  • the compounds can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like.
  • a syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings, and flavors.
  • the active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenternal, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include any of the following components : a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, a naturally occurring vegetable oil such as sesame oil, coconut oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, and the like, or a synthetic fatty vehicle such as ethyl oleate, and the like, polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents such as benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens ; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) ; buffers such as acetates, citrates, and phosphates; and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride and dextrose.
  • a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil,
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, polypropyleneglycol, and mixtures thereof.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, polypropyleneglycol, and mixtures thereof.
  • Liposomal suspensions including tissue- targeted liposomes may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
  • the active compounds may be prepared with carriers that protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings.
  • Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers such as collagen, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid, and the like. Methods for preparation of such formulations are known to those skilled in the art .
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo-SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those skilled in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention.
  • Compounds of the invention may be administered enterally or parenterally.
  • compounds of the invention can be administered in usual dosage forms for oral administration as is well known to those skilled in the art.
  • dosage forms include the usual solid unit dosage forms of tablets and capsules as well as liquid dosage forms such as solutions, suspensions, and elixirs.
  • solid dosage forms it is preferred that they be of the sustained release type so that the compounds of the invention need to be administered only once or twice daily.
  • the oral dosage forms are administered to the patient 1, 2, 3, or 4 times daily. It is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered either three or fewer times, more preferably once or twice daily. Hence, it is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered in oral dosage form. It is preferred that whatever oral dosage form is used, that it be designed so as to protect the compounds of the invention from the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric coated tablets are well known to those skilled in the art. In addition, capsules filled with small spheres each coated to protect from the acidic stomach, are also well known to those skilled in the art.
  • this method of treatment can employ therapeutically effective amounts: for oral administration from about 0.1 mg/day to about 3,000, preferably about 1,000 mg/day; for parenteral, sublingual, intranasal, intrathecal administration from about 0.5 to about 500 mg/day, preferably about 100 mg/day; for depo administration and implants from about 0.5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day; for topical administration from about 0.5 mg/day to about 200 mg/day; for rectal administration from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg.It is understood that while a patient may be started at one dose, that dose may be varied over time as the patient's condition changes .
  • Compounds of the invention may also be advantageously delivered in a nano crystal dispersion formulation. Preparation of such formulations is described, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,145,684. Nano crystalline dispersions of HIV protease inhibitors and their method of use are described in US 6,045,829. The nano crystalline formulations typically afford greater bioavailability of drug compounds.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered parenterally, for example, by IV, IM, depo-IM, SC, or depo-SC. When administered parenterally, a therapeutically effective amount of about 0.5 to about 100 mg/day, preferably from about 5 to about 50 mg daily should be delivered.
  • the dose should be about 0.5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day, or a monthly dose of from about 15 mg to about 1,500 mg.
  • the parenteral dosage form be a depo formulation.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered sublingually. When given sublingually, the compounds of the invention should be given one to four times daily in the amounts described above for IM administration.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered intranasally. When given by this route, the appropriate dosage forms are a nasal spray or dry powder, as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the dosage of the compounds of the invention for intranasal administration is the amount described above for IM administration.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered intrathecally.
  • the appropriate dosage form can be a parenternal dosage form as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the dosage of the compounds of the invention for intrathecal administration is the amount described above for IM administration.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered topically.
  • the appropriate dosage form is a cream, ointment, or patch.
  • the patch is preferred.
  • the dosage is from about 0.5 mg/day to about 200 mg/day.
  • the amount that can be delivered by a patch is limited, two or more patches may be used.
  • the number and size of the patch is not important, what is important is that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the invention be delivered as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered rectally by suppository as is known to those skilled in the art. When administered by suppository, the therapeutically effective amount is from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered by implants as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the therapeutically effective amount is the amount described above for depot administration.
  • the invention here is the new compounds of the invention and new methods of using the compounds of the invention. Given a particular compound of the invention and a desired dosage form, one skilled in the art would know how to prepare and administer the appropriate dosage form.
  • the compounds of the invention are used in the same manner, by the same routes of administration, using the same pharmaceutical dosage forms, and at the same dosing schedule as described above, for preventing disease or treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating or preventing Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • MCI mimild cognitive impairment
  • AD Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD
  • Down's syndrome for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • Degenerative dementias including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used in combination, with each other or with other therapeutic agents or approaches used to treat or prevent the conditions listed above.
  • agents or approaches include: acetylcholine esterase inhibitors such as tacrine (tetrahydroaminoacridine, marketed as COGNEX ® ) , donepezil hydrochloride, (marketed as Aricept ® and rivastigmine (marketed as Exelon ® ) ; gamma- secretase inhibitors; anti-inflammatory agents such as cyclooxygenase II inhibitors; anti-oxidants such as Vitamin E and ginkolides; immunological approaches, such as, for example, immunization with A beta peptide or administration of anti-A beta peptide antibodies; statins; and direct or indirect neurotropic agents such as Cerebrolysin ® , AIT-082 (Emilieu, 2000, Arch . Neurol . 57:454), and other neurotropic agents of the future.
  • the compounds of the invention inhibit cleavage of APP between Met595 and Asp596 numbered for the APP695 isoform, or a mutant thereof, or at a corresponding site of a different isoform, such as APP751 or APP770, or a mutant thereof
  • beta amyloid peptide (sometimes referred to as the "beta secretase site"). While not wishing to be bound by a particular theory, inhibition of beta-secretase activity is thought to inhibit production of beta amyloid peptide (A beta) . Inhibitory activity is demonstrated in one of a variety of inhibition assays, whereby cleavage of an APP substrate in the presence of a beta- secretase enzyme is analyzed in the presence of the inhibitory compound, under conditions normally sufficient to result in cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site. Reduction of APP cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site compared with an untreated or inactive control is correlated with inhibitory activity. Assay systems that can be used to demonstrate efficacy of the compound inhibitors of the invention are known. Representative assay systems are described, for example, in U.S. Patents No. 5,942,400, 5,744,346, as well as in the Examples below.
  • the enzymatic activity of beta-secretase and the production of A beta can be analyzed in vi tro or in vivo, using natural, mutated, and/or synthetic APP substrates, natural, mutated, and/or synthetic enzyme, and the test compound.
  • the analysis may involve primary or secondary cells expressing native, mutant, and/or synthetic APP and enzyme, animal models expressing native APP and enzyme, or may utilize transgenic animal models expressing the substrate and enzyme.
  • Detection of enzymatic activity can be by analysis of one or more of the cleavage products, for example, by immunoassay, fluro etric or chromogenic assay, HPLC, or other means of detection.
  • Inhibitory compounds are determined as those having the ability to decrease the amount of beta-secretase cleavage product produced in comparison to a control, where beta-secretase mediated cleavage in the reaction system is observed and measured in the absence of inhibitory compounds .
  • Beta-secretase Various forms of beta-secretase enzyme are known, and are available and useful for assay of enzyme activity and inhibition of enzyme activity. These include native, recombinant, and synthetic forms of the enzyme.
  • Human beta- secretase is known as Beta Site APP Cleaving Enzyme (BACE) , Asp2 , and memapsin 2, and has been characterized, for example, in U.S. Patent No.
  • Preferred compounds are effective to inhibit 50% of beta- secretase enzymatic activity at a concentration of less than about 50 micromolar, preferably at a concentration of less than about 10 micromolar, more preferably less than about 1 icromolar, and most preferably less than about 10 nanomolar.
  • Assays that demonstrate inhibition of beta-secretase- mediated cleavage of APP can utilize any of the known forms of APP, including the 695 amino acid "normal” isotype described by Kang et.al., 1987, Nature 325:733-6, the 770 amino acid isotype described by Kitaguchi et . al . , 1981, Nature 331:530- 532, and variants such as the Swedish Mutation (KM670-1NL) (APP-SW) , the London Mutation (V7176F) , and others. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,766,846 and also Hardy, 1992, Nature Genet . 1:233-234, for a review of known variant mutations.
  • Additional useful substrates include the dibasic amino acid modification, APP-KK disclosed, for example, in WO 00/17369, fragments of APP, and synthetic peptides containing the beta-secretase cleavage site, wild type (WT) or mutated form, e.g., SW, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400 and WO00/03819.
  • WT wild type
  • SW mutated form
  • the APP substrate contains the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP (KM-DA or NL-DA) for example, a complete APP peptide or variant, an APP fragment, a recombinant or synthetic APP, or a fusion peptide.
  • the fusion peptide includes the beta-secretase cleavage site fused to a peptide having a moiety useful for enzymatic assay, for example, having isolation and/or detection properties.
  • a useful moiety may be an antigenic epitope for antibody binding, a label or other detection moiety, a binding substrate, and the like.
  • Antibodies Products characteristic of APP cleavage can be measured by immunoassay using various antibodies, as described, for example, in Pirttila et.al., 1999, Neuro . Lett . 249:21-4, and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,486.
  • Useful antibodies to detect A beta include, for example, the monoclonal antibody 6E10 (Senetek, St.
  • Exemplary assays that can be used to demonstrate the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the invention are described, for example, in WO00/17369, WO 00/03819, and U.S. Patents No. 5,942,400 and 5,744,346. Such assays can be performed in cell-free incubations or in cellular incubations using cells expressing a beta-secretase and an APP substrate having a beta-secretase cleavage site.
  • An APP substrate containing the beat-secretase cleavage site of APP for example, a complete APP or variant, an APP fragment, or a recombinant or synthetic APP substrate containing the amino acid sequence: KM-DA or NL-DA, is incubated in the presence of beta-secretase enzyme, a fragment thereof, or a synthetic or recombinant polypeptide variant having beta-secretase activity and effective to cleave the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP, under incubation conditions suitable for the cleavage activity of the enzyme.
  • Suitable substrates optionally include derivatives that may be fusion proteins or peptides that contain the substrate peptide and a modification useful to facilitate the purification or detection of the peptide or its beta-secretase cleavage products.
  • Useful modifications include the insertion of a known antigenic epitope for antibody binding; the linking of a label or detectable moiety, the linking of a binding substrate, and the like.
  • Suitable incubation conditions for a cell-free in vi tro assay include, for example: approximately 200 nanomolar to 10 micromolar substrate, approximately 10 to 200 picomolar enzyme, and approximately 0.1 nanomolar to 10 micromolar inhibitor compound, in aqueous solution, at an approximate pH of 4 -7, at approximately 37 degrees C, for a time period of approximately 10 minutes to 3 hours.
  • These incubation conditions are exemplary only, and can be varied as required for the particular assay components and/or desired measurement system. Optimization of the incubation conditions for the particular assay components should account for the specific beta-secretase enzyme used and its pH optimum, any additional enzymes and/or markers that might be used in the assay, and the like. Such optimization is routine and will not require undue experimentation.
  • One useful assay utilizes a fusion peptide having maltose binding protein (MBP) fused to the C-terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW.
  • MBP maltose binding protein
  • the MBP portion is captured on an assay substrate by anti-MBP capture antibody.
  • Incubation of the captured fusion protein in the presence of beta-secretase results in cleavage of the substrate at the beta-secretase cleavage site.
  • Analysis of the cleavage activity can be, for example, by immunoassay of cleavage products.
  • One such immunoassay detects a unique epitope exposed at the carboxy terminus of the cleaved fusion protein, for example, using the antibody SW192. This assay is described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400.
  • Numerous cell-based assays can be used to analyze beta- secretase activity and/or processing of APP to release A beta.
  • Contact of an APP substrate with a beta-secretase enzyme within the cell and in the presence or absence of a compound inhibitor of the invention can be used to demonstrate beta- secretase inhibitory activity of the compound.
  • assay in the presence of a useful inhibitory compound provides at least about 30%, most preferably at least about 50% inhibition of the enzymatic activity, as compared with a non- inhibited control .
  • cells that naturally express beta- secretase are used.
  • cells are modified to express a recombinant beta-secretase or synthetic variant enzyme as discussed above.
  • the APP substrate may be added to the culture medium and is preferably expressed in the cells.
  • Cells that naturally express APP, variant or mutant forms of APP, or cells transformed to express an isoform of APP, mutant or variant APP, recombinant or synthetic APP, APP fragment, or synthetic APP peptide or fusion protein containing the beta- secretase APP cleavage site can be used, provided that the expressed APP is permitted to contact the enzyme and enzymatic cleavage activity can be analyzed.
  • Human cell lines that normally process A beta from APP provide a useful means to assay inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention.
  • Production and release of A beta and/or other cleavage products into the culture medium can be measured, for example by immunoassay, such as Western blot or enzyme-linked immunoassay (EIA) such as by ELISA.
  • immunoassay such as Western blot or enzyme-linked immunoassay (EIA) such as by ELISA.
  • Cells expressing an APP substrate and an active beta- secretase can be incubated in the presence of a compound inhibitor to demonstrate inhibition of enzymatic activity as compared with a control.
  • Activity of beta-secretase can be measured by analysis of one or more cleavage products of the APP substrate. For example, inhibition of beta-secretase activity against the substrate APP would be expected to decrease release of specific beta-secretase induced APP cleavage products such as A beta.
  • APP-SW Swedish Mutant form of APP
  • APP-KK Swedish Mutant form of APP
  • APP-SW-KK provides cells having enhanced beta- secretase activity and producing amounts of A beta that can be readily measured.
  • the cells expressing APP and beta-secretase are incubated in a culture medium under conditions suitable for beta-secretase enzymatic activity at its cleavage site on the APP substrate.
  • the amount of A beta released into the medium and/or the amount of CTF99 fragments of APP in the cell lysates is reduced as compared with the control .
  • the cleavage products of APP can be analyzed, for example, by immune reactions with specific antibodies, as discussed above.
  • Preferred cells for analysis of beta-secretase activity include primary human neuronal cells, primary transgenic animal neuronal cells where the transgene is APP, and other cells such as those of a stable 293 cell line expressing APP, for example, APP-SW.
  • transgenic animals expressing APP substrate and beta-secretase enzyme can be used to demonstrate inhibitory activity of the compounds of the invention.
  • Certain transgenic animal models have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos: 5,877,399; 5,612,486; 5,387,742; 5,720,936; 5,850,003; 5,877,015,, and 5,811,633, and in Ganes et.al., 1995, Nature 373:523.
  • animals that exhibit characteristics associated with the pathophysiology of AD are preferred.
  • Administration of the compound inhibitors of the invention to the transgenic mice described herein provides an alternative method for demonstrating the inhibitory activity of the compounds.
  • Administration of the compounds in a pharmaceutically effective carrier and via an administrative route that reaches the target tissue in an appropriate therapeutic amount is also preferred.
  • Inhibition of beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site and of A beta release can be analyzed in these animals by measure of cleavage fragments in the animal ' s body fluids such as cerebral fluid or tissues . Analysis of brain tissues for A beta deposits or plaques is preferred.
  • the compounds of the invention are effective to reduce beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of APP at the beta- secretase cleavage site and/or effective to reduce released amounts of A beta.
  • the compounds of the invention are effective to reduce A beta deposition in brain tissues of the animal, and to reduce the number and/or size of beta amyloid plaques.
  • the compounds are effective to inhibit or slow the progression of disease characterized by enhanced amounts of A beta, to slow the progression of AD in the, and/or to prevent onset or development of AD in a patient at risk for the disease.
  • TLC refers to thin-layer chromatography. psi refers to pounds/in 2 .
  • HPLC refers to high pressure liquid chromatography.
  • THF refers to tetrahydrofuran.
  • DMF refers to dimethylformamide .
  • EDC refers to ethyl -1- (3 -dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide or 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride .
  • HOBt refers to 1-hydroxy benzotriazole hydrate.
  • NMM refers to N-methylmorpholine .
  • NBS refers to N-bromosuccinimide .
  • TEA refers to triethylamine .
  • BOC refers to 1, 1-dimethylethoxy carbonyl or t- butoxycarbonyl , represneted schematically as-CO-O-C (CH 3 ) 3 .
  • CBZ refers to benzyloxycarbonyl, -CO-0-CH 2 - .
  • FMOC refers to 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate.
  • TFA refers to trifluoracetic acid, CF 3 -C00H.
  • CDI refers to 1, 1 ' -carbonyldiimidazole .
  • Saline refers to an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution.
  • Chromatography column and flash chromatography refers to purification/separation of compounds expressed as (support, eluent) . It is understood that the appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the desired compound (s) .
  • CMR C-13 magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • NMR nuclear (proton) magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • chemical shifts are reported in ppm (d) downfield from TMS.
  • IR refers to infrared spectroscopy.
  • -phenyl refers to phenyl (C 6 H 5 ) .
  • MS refers to mass spectrometry expressed as m/e, m/z or mass/charge unit.
  • MH + refers to the positive ion of a parent plus a hydrogen atom.
  • El refers to electron impact.
  • CI refers to chemical ionization.
  • FAB refers to fast atom bombardment .
  • HRMS refers to high resolution mass spectrometry.
  • Ether refers to diethyl ether.
  • the ratios of solvents used are volume/volume (v/v) .
  • the ratio of the solid to the solvent is weight/volume (wt/v) .
  • BOP refers to benzotriazol-1-yloxy- tris (dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate .
  • TBDMSC1 refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride.
  • TBDMSOTf refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl trifluosulfonic acid ester.
  • Triso y 21 refers to Down's Syndrome.
  • APP, amyloid precursor protein is defined as any APP polypeptide, including APP variants, mutations, and isoforms, for example, as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,766,846.
  • a beta, amyloid beta peptide is defined as any peptide resulting from beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP, including peptides of 39, 40, 41, 42, and 43 amino acids, and extending from the beta-secretase cleavage site to amino acids 39, 40, 41, 42, or 43.
  • Beta-secretase (BACE1, Asp2 , Memapsin 2) is an aspartyl protease that mediates cleavage of APP at the amino-terminal edge of A beta. Human beta-secretase is described, for example, in WO00/17369.
  • alkyl and C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, propyl , isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl , 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl , 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl . It is understood that in cases where an alkyl chain of a substituent (e.g. of an alkyl, alkoxy or alkenyl group) is shorter or longer than 6 carbons, it will be so indicated in the second "C” as, for example, “C ⁇ -C 10 " indicates a maximum of 10 carbons.
  • substituent e.g. of an alkyl, alkoxy or alkenyl group
  • alkoxy and C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, attached through at least one divalent oxygen atom, such as, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n- butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy.
  • halogen in the invention is meant fluorine, bromine, chlorine, and iodine.
  • Alkenyl and "C 2 -C 6 alkenyl” means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and from one to three double bonds and includes, for example, ethenyl , propenyl, l-but-3-enyl , l-pent-3-enyl , l-hex-5-enyl and the like .
  • Alkynyl and “C 2 -C 3 alkynyl” means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and one or two triple bonds and includes ethynyl, propynyl , butynyl, pentyn-2-yl and the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to saturated carbocyclic radicals having three to twelve carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl can be monocyclic, or a polycyclic fused system. Examples of such radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl .
  • the cycloalkyl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • such cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted with C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, di (C ⁇ -C 3 ) alkylamino, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 3 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkoxy, amino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl, mono (C ⁇ -C 3 ) alkylamino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl or di (Ci- C 6 ) alkylamino (C ⁇ -C 3 ) alkyl .
  • aryl is meant an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., phenyl), multiple rings (e.g., biphenyl) , or multiple condensed rings in which at least one is aromatic, (e.g., 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl, naphthyl), which is optionally mono-, di-, or trisubstituted.
  • Preferred aryl groups of the invention are phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2 -naphthyl, indanyl , indenyl , dihydronaphthyl , tetralinyl or 6,7,8,9- tetrahydro-5H-benzo [a] cycloheptenyl .
  • the aryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • heteroaryl is meant one or more aromatic ring systems of 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Preferred heteroaryl groups of the invention include pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, benzothienyl , indolyl, indolinyl, pryidazinyl, pyrazinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl , benzofuranyl , furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxadiazoly
  • heteroaryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • heterocycle (mono- or di-C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) .
  • heterocycloalkyl or “heterocyclyl” is meant one or more carbocyclic ring systems of 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Preferred heterocycles of the invention include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S,S- dioxide, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl , pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl , piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl , tetrahydrothienyl, homopiperidinyl , homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, oxazolidinonyl , dihydropyrazolyl , dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl , dihydropyridinyl , dihydropyrimidinyl , dihydrofuryl , dihydropyranyl , tetrahydrothienyl S-oxide, tetrahydrothienyl S
  • heterocycle groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those properties and/or substances that are acceptable to the patient from a pharmacological/toxicological point of view and to the manufacturing pharmaceutical chemist from a physical/chemical point of view regarding composition, formulation, stability, patient acceptance and bioavailability.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is defined as an amount effective to reduce or lessen at least one symptom of the disease being treated or to reduce or delay onset of one or more clinical markers or symptoms of the disease.
  • the compounds of the invention are analyzed for inhibitory activity by use of the MBP-C125 assay.
  • This assay determines the relative inhibition of beta-secretase cleavage of a model APP substrate, MBP-C125SW, by the compounds assayed as compared with an untreated control .
  • a detailed description of the assay parameters can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,942,400.
  • the substrate is a fusion peptide formed of maltose binding protein (MBP) and the carboxy terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW, the Swedish mutation.
  • MBP maltose binding protein
  • the beta-secretase enzyme is derived from human brain tissue as described in Sinha et.al, 1999, Nature 40:537- 540) or recombinantly produced as the full-length enzyme (amino acids 1-501) , and can be prepared, for example, from 293 cells expressing the recombinant cDNA, as described in WO00/47618.
  • Human brain D-Secretase from concentrated HiQ pool prepared 7/16/97 in 0.20% Triton was used in the assay. Inhibition of the enzyme is analyzed, for example, by immunoassay of the enzyme ' s cleavage products .
  • One exemplary ELISA uses an anti-MBP capture antibody that is deposited on precoated and blocked 96-well high binding plates, followed by incubation with diluted enzyme reaction supernatant, incubation with a specific reporter antibody, for example, biotinylated anti-SW192 reporter antibody, and further incubation with streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase .
  • a specific reporter antibody for example, biotinylated anti-SW192 reporter antibody
  • streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase .
  • cleavage of the intact MBP-C125SW fusion protein results in the generation of a truncated amino-terminal fragment, exposing a new SW-192 antibody-positive epitope at the carboxy terminus.
  • Detection is effected by a fluorescent substrate signal on cleavage by the phosphatase.
  • ELISA only detects cleavage following Leu 596 at the substrate's APP-SW 751 mutation site.
  • Specific Assay Procedure Compounds are diluted in a 1:1 dilution series to a six- point concentration curve (two wells per concentration) in one 96-plate row per compound tested. Each of the test compounds is prepared in DMSO to make up a 10 millimolar stock solution. The stock solution is serially diluted in DMSO to obtain a final compound concentration of 200 micromolar at the high point of a 6-point dilution curve.
  • microliters/well 20 microliters/well is transferred to a corresponding flat- bottom plate to which 30 microliters of ice-cold enzyme- substrate mixture (2.5 microliters MBP-C125SW substrate, 0.03 microliters enzyme and 24.5 microliters ice cold 0.09% TX100 per 30 microliters) is added.
  • the final reaction mixture of 200 micromolar compound at the highest curve point is in 5% DMSO, 20 millimolar NaAc, 0.06% TX100, at pH 4.5.
  • a synthetic APP substrate that can be cleaved by beta- secretase and having N-terminal biotin and made fluorescent by the covalent attachment of Oregon green at the Cys residue is used to assay beta-secretase activity in the presence or absence of the inhibitory compounds of the invention.
  • Useful substrates include the following:
  • LVCoxGERGFFYTPKA [Oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 5]
  • the enzyme (0.1 nanomolar) and test compounds (0.001 - 100 micromolar) are incubated in pre-blocked, low affinity, black plates (384 well) at 37 degrees for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction is initiated by addition of 150 millimolar substrate to a final volume of 30 microliter per well.
  • the final assay conditions are: 0.001 - 100 micromolar compound inhibitor; 0.1 molar sodium acetate (pH 4.5); 150 nanomolar substrate; 0.1 nanomolar soluble beta-secretase; 0.001% Tween 20, and 2% DMSO.
  • the assay mixture is incubated for 3 hours at 37 degrees C, and the reaction is terminated by the addition of a saturating concentration of immunopure streptavidin. After incubation with streptavidin at room temperature for 15 minutes, fluorescence polarization is measured, for example, using a LJL Acqurest (Ex485 nm/ Em530 n ) .
  • the activity of the beta-secretase enzyme is detected by changes in the fluorescence polarization that occur when the substrate is cleaved by the enzyme. Incubation in the presence or absence of compound inhibitor demonstrates specific inhibition of beta-secretase enzymatic cleavage of its synthetic APP substrate.
  • Example C Beta-Secretase Inhibition: P26-P4'SW Assay
  • Synthetic substrates containing the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP are used to assay beta-secretase activity, using the methods described, for example, in published PCT application WO00/47618.
  • the P26-P4'SW substrate is a peptide of the sequence:
  • the P26-P1 standard has the sequence: (biotin)CGGADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL [SEQ ID NO : 7].
  • the biotin-coupled synthetic substrates are incubated at a concentration of from about 0 to about 200 micromolar in this assay.
  • a substrate concentration of about 1.0 micromolar is preferred.
  • Test compounds diluted in DMSO are added to the reaction mixture, with a final DMSO concentration of 5%.
  • Controls also contain a final DMSO concentration of 5%.
  • the concentration of beta secretase enzyme in the reaction is varied, to give product concentrations with the linear range of the ELISA assay, about 125 to 2000 picomolar, after dilution.
  • the reaction mixture also includes 20 millimolar sodium acetate, pH 4.5, 0.06% Triton X100, and is incubated at 37 degrees C for about 1 to 3 hours. Samples are then diluted in assay buffer (for example, 145.4 nanomolar sodium chloride, 9.51 millimolar sodium phosphate, 7.7 millimolar sodium azide, 0.05% Triton X405, 6g/liter bovine serum albumin, pH 7.4) to quench the reaction, then diluted further for immunoassay of the cleavage products.
  • assay buffer for example, 145.4 nanomolar sodium chloride, 9.51 millimolar sodium phosphate, 7.7 millimolar sodium azide, 0.05% Triton X405, 6g/liter bovine serum albumin, pH 7.4
  • Cleavage products can be assayed by ELISA.
  • Diluted samples and standards are incubated in assay plates coated with capture antibody, for example, SW192, for about 24 hours at 4 degrees C.
  • TTBS buffer 150 millimolar sodium chloride, 25 millimolar Tris, 0.05% Tween 20, pH 7.5
  • streptavidin-AP according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • streptavidin-alkaline phosphate permits detection by fluorescence.
  • Compounds that are effective inhibitors of beta-secretase activity demonstrate reduced cleavage of the substrate as compared to a control .
  • Synthetic oligopeptides are prepared that incorporate the known cleavage site of beta-secretase, and optionally detectable tags, such as fluorescent or chromogenic moieties. Examples of such peptides, as well as their production and detection methods are described in U.S. Patent No: 5,942,400, herein incorporated by reference. Cleavage products can be detected using high performance liquid chromatography, or fluorescent or chromogenic detection methods appropriate to the peptide to be detected, according to methods well known in the art .
  • one such peptide has the sequence SEVNL-DAEF [SEQ ID NO: 8], and the cleavage site is between residues 5 and 6.
  • Another preferred substrate has the sequence ADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL-DAEF [SEQ ID NO: 9] , and the cleavage site is between residues 26 and 27.
  • An exemplary assay for the analysis of inhibition of beta-secretase activity utilizes the human embryonic kidney cell line HEKp293 (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1573) transfected with APP751 containing the naturally occurring double mutation Lys651Met52 to Asn651Leu652 (numbered for APP751) , commonly called the Swedish mutation and shown to overproduce A beta (Citron et.al., 1992, Nature 360:672-674), as described in USPN 5,604,102.
  • the cells are incubated in the presence/absence of the inhibitory compound (diluted in DMSO) at the desired concentration, generally up to 10 micrograms/ml .
  • the conditioned media is analyzed for beta-secretase activity, for example, by analysis of cleavage fragments.
  • a beta can be analyzed by immunoassay, using specific detection antibodies.
  • the enzymatic activity is measured in the presence and absence of the compound inhibitors to demonstrate specific inhibition of beta- secretase mediated cleavage of APP substrate.
  • animal models can be used to screen for inhibition of beta-secretase activity.
  • animal models useful in the invention include, but are not limited to, mouse, guinea pig, dog, and the like.
  • the animals used can be wild type, transgenic, or knockout models.
  • mammalian models can express mutations in APP, such as APP695- SW and the like described herein. Examples of transgenic non-human mammalian models are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,604,102, 5,912,410 and 5,811,633.
  • PDAPP mice prepared as described in Games et.al., 1995, Nature 373:523-527 are useful to analyze in vivo suppression of A beta release in the presence of putative inhibitory compounds.
  • 4 month old PDAPP mice are administered compound formulated in vehicle, such as corn oil.
  • the mice are dosed with compound (1-30 mg/ml; preferably 1-10 mg/ml). After time, e.g., 3-10 hours, the animals are sacrificed, and brains removed for analysis.
  • Transgenic animals are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration.
  • Control animals are untreated, treated with vehicle, or treated with an inactive compound.
  • Administration can be acute, i.e., single dose or multiple doses in one day, or can be chronic, i.e., dosing is repeated daily for a period of days.
  • brain tissue or cerebral fluid is obtained from selected animals and analyzed for the presence of APP cleavage peptides, including A beta, for example, by immunoassay using specific antibodies for A beta detection.
  • animals are sacrificed and brain tissue or cerebral fluid is analyzed for the presence of A beta and/or beta-amyloid plaques. The tissue is also analyzed for necrosis.
  • Animals administered the compound inhibitors of the invention are expected to demonstrate reduced A beta in brain tissues or cerebral fluids and reduced beta amyloid plaques in brain tissue, as compared with non-treated controls.
  • Example G Inhibition of A Beta Production in Human Patients Patients suffering from Alzheimer's Disease (AD) demonstrate an increased amount of A beta in the brain. AD patients are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month.
  • AD Alzheimer's Disease
  • Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; A beta deposits in the brain; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients .
  • a beta present in CSF or plasma A beta present in CSF or plasma
  • brain or hippocampal volume A beta deposits in the brain
  • amyloid plaque in the brain and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients .
  • Patients predisposed or at risk for developing AD are identified either by recognition of a familial inheritance pattern, for example, presence of the Swedish Mutation, and/or by monitoring diagnostic parameters.
  • Patients identified as predisposed or at risk for developing AD are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning ' on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month.
  • Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients.
  • Step 1 [3- te -butoxycarbonylamino-4- (3 , 5-difluoro- phenyl) -2 -hydroxy-butyl] - (3-methoxybenzyl) -carbamic acid benzyl ester.
  • Step 2 Benzyl (2R, 3S) -3-amino-4- (3 , 5-difluorophenyl) -2- hydroxybutyl (3-methoxybenzyl) carbamate
  • Step 4 N 3 - [ ( ⁇ (1S,2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (3-methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl ⁇ amino) carbonyl] -N 1 ,N 1 -dipropyl - beta-alaninamide
  • Step 1 ⁇ 4- (3, 5-Difluoro-phenyl) -3- [3- (2- dipropylsulfamoyl-ethyl) -ureido] -2-hydroxy-butyl ⁇ - (3- methoxybenzyl) -carbamic acid benzyl ester
  • 3 -Dipropyl ulfamoyl-proprionic acid (0.96 g, 0.40 mmol) was treated with Et 3 N (62 ⁇ L, 0.44 mmol) and (PhO) 2 P(0)N 3 (77 ⁇ L, 0.36 mmol) in 3 ml of toluene.
  • the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 min. then immersed in a 90°C oil bath for 45 min.
  • the mixture was rapidly cooled to 0°C followed by the addition of the amine from step 2 (0.19 g, 0.40 mmol) .
  • the mixture was warmed to r.t. and stirred for lh.
  • Step 2 2- ⁇ [ ( ⁇ (1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (3-methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl ⁇ amino) carbonyl] amino ⁇ -N,N- dipropylethanesulfonamide
  • Example 4 The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures outlined above and described in the above examples.
  • the substituents R and R c are defined for formula A in the table.
  • Example 5 The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures outlined above and described in the above examples.
  • the substituents R and R c are defined for formula A in the table.
  • Mass spec. 524.1 N- (sec-butyl) -JT' - ( ⁇ 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) •3- ⁇ [ (4i?) -6-ethyl-2,2-dioxido-3,4-dihydro-lJ- " - isothiochromen-4-yl] amino ⁇ -2 -hydroxypropyl) urea; Mass spec.

Abstract

The invention provides compounds of formula I: useful in treating Alzheimer’s disease and other similar diseases. These compounds include inhibitors of the beta-secretase enzyme that are useful in the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease and other diseases characterized by deposition of A beta peptide in a mammal. The compounds of the invention are useful in pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treatment to reduce A beta peptide formation.

Description

SUBSTITUTED UREAS AND CARBAMATES
Background of the Invention
Field of the Invention
The invention is relates to substituted ureas and carbamates. More specifically it relates to such compounds that inhibit β-secretase, an enzyme that cleaves amyloid precursor protein to produce Aβ peptide, a major component of the amyloid plaques found in the brains of Alzheimer's sufferers. Thus, the compounds of the invention are useful in treatment of Alzheimer's disease and similar diseases. Description of the Related Art Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a progressive degenerative disease of the brain primarily associated with aging. Clinical presentation of AD is characterized by loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgement, and orientation. As the disease progresses, motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities are also affected until there is global impairment of multiple cognitive functions. These cognitive losses occur gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in the range of four to twelve years .
Alzheimer's disease is characterized by two major pathologic observations in the brain: neurofibrillary tangles and beta amyloid (or neuritic) plaques, comprised predominantly of an aggregate of a peptide fragment know as A beta. Individuals with AD exhibit characteristic beta-amyloid deposits in the brain (beta amyloid plaques) and in cerebral blood vessels (beta amyloid angiopathy) as well as neurofibrillary tangles. Neurofibrillary tangles occur not only in Alzheimer's disease but also in other dementia- inducing disorders. On autopsy, large numbers of these lesions are generally found in areas of the human brain important for memory and cognition. Smaller numbers of these lesions in a more restricted anatomical distribution are found in the brains of most aged humans who do not have clinical AD. Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of individuals with Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type (HCHWA- D) , and other neurogenerative disorders. Beta-amyloid is a defining feature of AD, now believed to be a causative precursor or factor in the development of disease. Deposition of A beta in areas of the brain responsible for cognitive activities is a major factor in the development of AD. Beta- amyloid plaques are predominantly composed of amyloid beta peptide (A beta, also sometimes designated betaA4) . A beta peptide is derived by proteolysis of the amyloid precursor protein (APP) and is comprised of 39-42 amino acids. Several proteases called secretases are involved in the processing of APP.
Cleavage of APP at the N-terminus of the A beta peptide by beta-secretase and at the C-terminus by one or more gamma- secretases constitutes the beta- amyloidogenic pathway, i.e. the pathway by which A beta is formed. Cleavage of APP by alpha-secretase produces alpha- sAPP, a secreted form of APP that does not result in beta- amyloid plaque formation. This alternate pathway precludes the 'formation of A beta peptide. A description of the proteolytic processing fragments of APP is found, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,441,870; 5,721,130; and 5,942,400.
An aspartyl protease has been identified as the enzyme responsible for processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site. The beta-secretase enzyme has been disclosed using varied nomenclature, including BACE, Asp, am Mamepsin. See, for example, Sindha et . al . , 1999, Nature 402:537-554 (p501) and published PCT application O00/17369. Several lines of evidence indicate that progressive cerebral deposition of beta-amyloid peptide (A beta) plays a seminal role in the pathogenesis of AD and can precede cognitive symptoms by years or decades. See, for example, Selkoe, 1991, Neuron 6:487. Release of A beta from neuronal cells grown in culture and the presence of A beta in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) of both normal individuals and AD patients has been demonstrated. See, for example, Seubert et al., 1992, Nature 359:325-327. It has been proposed that A beta peptide accumulates as a result of APP processing by beta~secretase, thus inhibition of this enzyme's activity is desirable for the treatement of AD. In vivo processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site is thought to be a rate-limiting step in A beta production, and is thus a therapeutic target for the treatment of AD. See for example, Sabbagh, M. , et al . , 1997, Alz . Dis . Rev. 3, 1- 19.
BACE1 knockout mice fail to produce A beta, and present a normal phenotype . When crossed with transgenic mice that overexpress APP, the progeny show reduced amounts of A beta in brain extracts as compared with control animals (Luo et . l . , 2001 Nature Neuroscience 4:231-232). This evidence further supports the proposal that inhibition of beta-secretase activity and reduction of A beta in the brain provides a therapeutic method for the treatment of AD and other beta amyloid disorders.
Published PCT application WO00/47618 entitled "Beta- Secretase Enzyme Compositions and Methods" identifies the beta-secretase enzyme and methods of its use. This publication also discloses oligopeptide inhibitors that bind the enzyme's active site and are useful in affinity column purification of the enzyme. In addition, WO00/77030 discloses tetrapeptide inhibitors of beta-secretase activity that are based on a statine molecule Various pharmaceutical agents have been proposed for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease but without any real success. US Patent 5,175,281 discloses 21-aminosteroids as being useful for treating Alzheimer's disease. US Patent 5,502,187 discloses bicyclic heterocyclic amines as being useful for treating Alzheimer's disease.
The hydroxyethylamine "nucleus" or isostere, of which the compounds of the invention is a truncated analog, has been used with success in the area of HIV protease inhibition. Many of these hydroxyethylamine compounds are known as well as how to make them. See for example, J". Am. Chem . Soc . , 93, 288-291 (1993), Tetrahedron Letters, 28(45) 5569-5572 (1987), J. Med. Chem. , 38(4), 581-584 (1994), Tetrahedron Letters, 38(4), 619-620 (1997). European Patents, numbers 702 004, 678 503, 678 514, 678 503 and 716077 by Maibaum, et al . are directed to similar isosteric strategies directed at renin inhibition. See also, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,606,078 and 5,559,111, both to Goschke, et . al . ; 5,719,141, to Rasetti, et . al . ; and 5,641,778, to Maibaum, et . al . At present there are no effective treatments for halting, preventing, or reversing the progression of Alzheimer's disease. Therefore, there is an urgent need for pharmaceutical agents capable of slowing the progression of Alzheimer's disease and/or preventing it in the first place. Compounds that are effective inhibitors of beta- secretase, that inhibit beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of APP, that are effective inhibitors of A beta production, and/or are effective to reduce amyloid beta deposits or plaques, are needed for the treatment and prevention of disease characterized by amyloid beta deposits or plaques, such as AD. Summary of the Invention
In a broad aspect, the invention provides compounds represented by formula I :
Figure imgf000006_0001
I and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof; wherein X is -(C=0)-, -(C=S)-, - S(0)m- or - (C=N-Z) , wherein Z = R20 or -OR20, and wherein nl is 0, 1 or 2 ;
T is absent, NR20, or O, with the proviso that when X is - (C=0) , T is not absent; wherein each R2o is independently H, -CN, Cι_6 alkyl or alkenyl, Cι-6 haloalkyl or C4.7 cycloalkyl, with the proviso that when Z is R2o or -OR20, R20 i not -CN; wherein Rx is - (CH2) ι_2-S (O) 0-2- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -N (R) C (0) R' - , -OC (=0) -amino and -OC (=0) -mono- or dialkylamino, or C2-C3 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino, or aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl , -Cι-C6 alkyl-aryl, -Cι-C6 alkyl-heteroaryl, or -C -C6 alkyl-heterocyclyl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -NR105R' 105, -C02R, -N(R)C0R', or -N(R)S02R', -C (=0) - (C1-C4) alkyl, -S02- amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino,
-C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C1-C4) alkyl, or Cχ-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or
C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or Cι-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Q1.-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or C2-C10 alkenyl or C2-C10 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo; R and R' independently are hydrogen, Cx-Cio alkyl, Cι-C10 alkylaryl or C1-C10 alkylheteroaryl ; wherein Rc is
(I) -[-(CH2) (0-8)- (CH) (alkyli) (alkyla)] , where alkyli and alkyl2 are straight or branched C2-ιo alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, and wherein alkyli and alkyl2 attach to the same or different methylene carbon with the remaining open methylene valences occupied by hydrogen, thus forming a branched alkyl chain having between 8 and 20 carbon atoms in total; the alkyl groups, alkyli and alkyl2 being optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of Cι-C3 alkyl, -F, -CI, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, -O-phenyl, -C(0)Cι- C3 alkyl; -NRι-aRι-b where Rχ-a and Rι-b are -H or Cι-C6 alkyl, -OC=0 NRi-aRi_b where Rι-a and Ri- are as defined above, -S (=0)0-2 Ri-a where Rx_a is as defined above, - NRι_aC=0 NRX_ aRι-b where Rι_a and Rι_ are as defined above, -C=0 NRι_aRι_b where Rι_a and Rι.b are as defined above, and -S(=0)2 NRι_aRι- b where Ria and Rx-b are as defined above (II) -(C (Rc-x) (Rc-y) ) (o-4) -Rc-cycle wherein all Rc-x and Rc-y are independently chosen from: H
Ci - Cs alkyl Ci - C6 alkoxy
Ci-Cg alkyl- (C=0) -O-Ci-Cg alkyl C2-C5 alkenyl or alkynyl
- (CH2) 0- -Rc-cycle where Rc-cycle is as defined below and Rc-x and Rc-y may be taken together with the methylene carbon to which they jointly attach to form a spirocyclic ring of 3 to 7 atoms comprising carbon and up to 2 of 0, S (O) (o-2) and NRa. wherein is Ra< is H or Cι_4 alkyl ; wherein the spirocyclic ring may be fused to another ring to provide a bicyclic ring system comprising carbon and up to 2 of 0, S (0) (0-2) and NRa.. and comprising up to 9 atoms in total including,
Rc-cycle is any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring or any fused ring combination thereof wherein the total number of rings fused therein of same and of different type does not exceed 3 wherein Rc-cycle is optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently chosen from:
(1) Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of Cι-C3 alkyl, -F, -CI, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, and -NR.ι_aR1_.b where Rx.a and R _b are as defined above,
(2) C2-C6 alkenyl or alkynyl with one or two unsaturated bonds, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of -F, - CI, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, and -NRX-aRι_b where are as defined above,
( 3 ) -F , CI , -Br or - I ,
( 4 ) Ci-Cg alkoxy, (5) -Cι-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two, or three of -F,
(6) -NRN_6RN-7 where RN_6 and RN_7 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of:
(a) -H, (b) -Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with one substitutent selected from the group consisting of :
(i) -OH, and (ii) -NH2, (c) -Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three -F, -CI, -Br, or -I,
(d) -C3-C7 cycloalkyl,
(e) - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ,
(f) -(Ci-Cs alkyl) -0- (Cx-C3 alkyl) , (g) -C2-C6 alkenyl with one or two double bonds,
(h) -C2-C6 alkynyl with one or two triple bonds,
(i) -Cι-C5 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond,
(j) -Ri-aryi where Rι-aryι is as defined above , and
(k) -Rl -heteroaryl where Ri-heteroaryl is as defined above, (7) -OH,
(8) -C≡N,
(9) C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, and -NRι-aRi_b where Rι_a and Ri_b are -H or Ci-Cg alkyl,
(10) -CO- (C1-C4 alkyl) ,
(11) -S02-NRι-aRX-b where Rι_a and Rχ_b are as defined above,
(12) -CO-NRι_aRι-b where Rx_a and Rι-b are as defined above,
(13) -SO2- (Cι-C4 alkyl) , and when there is a saturated carbon atom in Rc-cycle (14) oxo,
(15) oxime
(16) ketal rings of 5 to 7 members and (17) a spirocyclic ring having from 3 to 7 atoms comprising carbon and when the ring size is 4-7 atoms optionally up to 2 of O, S (0) (0-2) and NRa. ,
(III) - (CRc-χRc-y) o-4-heteroaryl,
(IV) - (CRc-χRc-y) 0-4 -aryl -aryl ,
(V) - (CRc-χRc-y) 0-4-aryl -heteroaryl,
(VI) - (CRc-xRc-y) 0-4- heteroaryl -aryl, (VII) - (CRC-χRc-y) 0-4- heteroaryl -heteroaryl,
(VIII) - (CRC-χRc-y) 0-4- aryl-heterocycle,
(IX) - (CRC-χRc-y) 0-4-heteroaryl -heterocycle,
(XI) - (CRC-χRc-y) 0-4-heterocycle-aryl,
(XII) - (CRC-χRc-y) 0-4-heterocycle-heteroaryl , (XI) - (CRC-χRc-y) 0-4- heterocycle-heterocycle,
(XIII) - [C(Rc-ι) (RC-2)]i-3-[CO] 0-ι-N- (RC-3) 2 where each Rc_! is the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of: H, Cι_4 alkyl and Cι_ alkoxy and where each RC-2 and RC-3 is independently selected from (A) -Ci-Cg alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH,
-SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -0- phenyl, and -NR^^-h where Ri-a and Rι-b are as defined above, (B) C2-C6 alkenyl or alkynyl with one or two unsaturated bonds, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C3.-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C6 alkoxy, -O- phenyl , and
-NRι-aRι_b where Rι_a and Rι_b are as defined above,
(C) -(CH2)ι.2-S(0)o-2-(C1-C6 alkyl),
(D) - (CH2) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl,
-Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C6 alkoxy, -O- phenyl, -NRi- aRx_b where Rι_a and Rx_b are as defined above,
(E) - (CH2) 0-4-5-7 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl,
-Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, -0- phenyl, oxo, - NRi-aRx-b where Rι_a and Rι_b are as defined above,
(XIV) -CH(aryl)2 where each aryl is the same or different,
(XV) -CH (heteroaryl) 2 where each heteroaryl is the same or different and are as defined above,
(XVI) -CH(aryl) ( heteroaryl), wherein RN is R'ioo, - (CRR' -eR'ioo, - (CRR' ) 0-6Rιoo, - (CRR' ) i-β-C-
R'IOO, -(CRR')ι-6-S-R'ιoo, - (CRR' ) i-g-C (=0) -R100, - (CRR' ) ι-6-
S02-Rιoo, - (CRR')ι-g-NRιoo-R'ιoo or -S02R'ιoo, with the proviso that when RN is -S02R'ι0o, X is not -S(=0)n- or -
C(=S)-; wherein
R100 and R'ioo independently represent aryl, heteroaryl, -aryl- W-aryl, -aryl-W-heteroaryl , -aryl-W-heterocyclyl, -heteroaryl -W-aryl , -heteroaryl -W-heteroaryl, -heteroaryl -W- heterocyclyl, -heterocyclyl -W-aryl,
-heterocyclyl -W-heteroaryl , -heterocyclyl -W-heterocyclyl , -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] - (CH2) 0-2 -aryl, -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] - (CH2) 0- 2-heterocyclyl or -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] - (CH2) 0-2-heteroaryl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from
-OR, -N02, halogen, -C≡N, -OCF3, -CF3, -(CH2)0-4-O-
P(=0) (OR) (OR') , -(CH2)o-4-CO-NRi05R'io5, -(CH2)0-4-O- (CH2) o-4-CONRio2Rio2' , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cι-Cι2 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-
4-CO- (C2-Ci2 alkenyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Cι2 alkynyl) ,
-(CH2) 0-4-CO- (CH2) o-4 (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-Rιιo,
- (CH2) 0-4-R120 - (CH2) o-4-Rι3o, - (CH2) 0-4-CO-R110, - (CH2) 0-4- CO-R120/ - (CH2) 0-4-CO-R130 , - (CH2) 0-4-CO-R140, - (CH2) 0-4- CO-O-R150, - (CH2)o-4-S02-NRio5R'io5, - (CH2) 0-4-SO- (Cι-C8 alkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (Cι-Cι2 alkyl), - (CH2) 0- -SO2- (CH2)o-4-(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-N (R150) -CO-O-Rι50,
- (CH2) 0-4-N (Riso) -CO-N(Ri50)2, - (CH2) 0_4-N (R1S0) -CS- N(Ri5o)2, -(CH2)o-4-N(Rι50)-CO-Rιo5, - (CH2) o-4-NR105R' 105, - (CH2)0-4-Ri4o, - (CH2)o-4-0-CO-(Cι-C6 alkyl), -(CH2)0-4-O-
P(0)-(0-Rno)2, -(CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(R150)2, - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS-
N(Riso)2, -(CH2) 0-4-O- (Riso) , - (CH2) o-4-O-Rιso' -COOH,
(CH2)o-4-S-(Riso), - (CH2) 0-4- (R150) -S02-Rιo5, -(CH2)0-4-
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, (C2-Cι0) alkenyl , or (C2-C10) alkynyl, or
Rioo is Cx-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R115 groups , or R100 is - (Ci-Cg alkyl) -O-Ci-Cg alkyl) or - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -S- (Cι-C3 alkyl), each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 Ru5 groups, or
Rioo is C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3
Rιi5 groups; W is -(CH2)0-4-, -0-, -S (0)0-2-, -N(Ri3s)-, -CR(OH)- or -C(O)-; R102 and R102' independently are hydrogen, or
C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, aryl or -Ruo;
R10s and R' 105 independently represent -H, -Ruo , -R120 , C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cx-Cg alkyl ) -O- (C1-C3 alkyl ) , C2-C6 alkenyl , C2-C5 alkynyl , or Ci- C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, or
Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with -OH or -NH2; or, Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, or
R105 and R'105 together with the atom to which they are attached form a 3 to 7 membered carbocylic ring, where one member is optionally a heteratom selected from -0-, -S(O)0-2-, -
N(Ri35)-, the ring being optionally substituted with 1, 2 or three Rι40 groups;
Rιi5 at each occurrence is independently halogen, -OH, -CO2Rι02, -Ci-Cg thioalkoxy, -C02-phenyl, -NR105R'i35, -S02- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -C(=O)Rι80, Rι80, -CONRι05R' 105, -SO2NRι05R' ιos, -NH-CO- (Cι-C6 alkyl), -NH-C (=0) -OH, -NH-C (=0) -OR, -NH-C(=0)-0- phenyl, -0-C (=0) - (Ci-Cg alkyl), -0-C (=0) -amino, -0-C(=0)- mono- or dialkylamino, -0-C (=0) -phenyl, -0- (Cι-C6 alkyl) - C02H, -NH-SO2- (Ci-Cg alkyl), Cι-C6 alkoxy or Cι-C6 haloalkoxy; R135 is Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3_C7 cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (aryl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , or - (CH2) 0-2- (heterocyclyl) ; R140 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono(Cι- C6) alkylamino, di (Cι-C6) alkylamino, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C3 haloalkyl, Cι-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Cy- C6) alkyl, mono (Cι-C6) alkylamino (Cι-C3) alkyl , di (Ci- C6) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, and =0; Riso is hydrogen, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C -Ce alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Ruo, -R120, or Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, Cι-C3 alkoxy, Ruo, and halogen; R150' i C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (C!-C3 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), C2- C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -RUo, -R120, or
Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, C1-C3 alkoxy, Ruo, and halogen; Riso is selected from morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl , piperazinyl, piperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Cχ~ Cs alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cι-C6) alkylamino, di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Cχ-C3) alkyl, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino (Cι-C6) alkyl , di (Cx- C6) alkylamino (Cι-C3) alkyl, and =0; Rxxo is aryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R12s groups; Rx25 at each occurrence is independently halogen, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -OH, -C≡N, -S02-NH2, -S02-NH-Cχ-C6 alkyl, -S02-N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) 2, -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -CO-NH2, -CO-NH- Cχ-C6 alkyl, or -CO-N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) 2, or
Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C3 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- and dialkylamino, or Cχ-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two or three of halogen; Rχ20 is heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R125 groups ; and Ri3o is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R125 groups ; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H; Cχ-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from the group consisting of
Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NRχ-aRχ.b; wherein
Rx-a and Rχ-b are -H or Cχ-C6 alkyl;
- (CH2) o-4 -aryl; - (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl ; C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkynyl; -CONRN-2RN-3 ; -S02NRN-2RN-3; -C02H; and -C02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) ; R3 -is selected from the group consisting of H; Cχ-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and - NRχ.aRχ.b; - (CH2) o-4 -aryl; - (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl ; C2-C3 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkynyl; -CO-NRN_2RN_3; -S02-NRN_2RN_3 ; -C02H; and - CO- O- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) ; wherein
RN_2 and RN.3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Cχ-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C8 cycloalkyl); - (Cχ-C6 alkyl) -O- (Cχ-C3 alkyl); - C2-C6 alkenyl; -C2-C6 alkynyl; -Cχ-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl ; or RN-2, RN-3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, halogen, halo Cχ-C6 alkyl, halo Cχ-C6 alkoxy, -CN, -N02, -NH2, NH(Cχ-C6 alkyl), N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -OH, -C(0)NH2, -C (0) NH (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -C(0)N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) (Cχ-C6 alkyl), Cχ-C3 alkoxy Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 thioalkoxy, and Cχ-C3 thioalkoxy Cχ-C6 alkyl; or wherein,
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, and -NRN_2-.
The invention also provides methods for preparing compounds of formulas I or IA and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof where variables are as defined herein.
The invention also includes a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-
Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, or diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
The invention also includes methods for inhibiting beta- secretase activity, for inhibiting cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) , in a reaction mixture, at a site between Met596 and Asp597, numbered for the APP-695 amino acid isotype; or at a corresponding site of an isotype or mutant thereof, for inhibiting production of amyloid beta peptide (A beta) in a cell, for inhibiting the production of beta-amyloid plaque in an animal, and for treating or preventing a disease characterized by beta-amyloid deposits in the brain which comprise administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof. The invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The invention also includes the use of a compound of formula I or IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of
Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment . The invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) . More particularly, the compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are effective to inhibit the production of A beta peptide and to treat or prevent any human or veterinary disease or condition associated with a pathological form of A beta peptide.
The compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are useful for treating humans who have Alzheimer's Disease (AD) , for helping prevent or delay the onset of AD, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) , and preventing or delaying the onset of AD in those patients who would otherwise be expected to progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch Type, for treating cerebral beta-amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences such as single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, for treating dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type AD .
The invention also provides intermediates and methods useful for preparing the compounds of Formula I and IA, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof.
The compounds of the invention possess beta-secretase inhibitory activity. The inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention are readily demonstrated, for example, using one or more of the assays described herein or known in the art . Detailed Description of the Invention
As noted above, a broad aspect of the invention is directed to a compound of formula I and to the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof. In a preferred embodiment, when X is S02, T is not absent. In alternative embodiment, RN is
Z' ,.(CH2)n7-CH- Y X R4 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H; NH2 ; -NH-
(CH2) n6-R4-χ ; -NHR8 ; -NR50C (O) R5 ; Cχ-C4 alkyl -NHC (O) R5 ;
- (CH2) o-4 8 ; -0-Cχ-C4 alkanoyl ; OH; C5-C10 aryloxy optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 groups that are independently halogen, Cχ-C4 alkyl , -C02H, -C (0) -Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or Cχ-C4 alkoxy; Cχ-C3 alkoxy; aryl Cχ-C4 alkoxy; -NRsoC02R5χ ; -Cχ-C alkyl -NR50CO2R51 ; -C≡N; -CF3 ; -CF2-CF3 ; -C≡CH ; -CH2-CH=CH2 ; -
(CH2) 1-4- -1," — (CH2) X-4-NH-R4.X; —0- (CH ) n6"R4-i; _S- (CH2) n6_R4-l,"
- (CH2) 0-4-NHC (O) - (CH2) 0-6- 52 ; - (CH ) 0-4- 5-!- (CH2) o-4- 54 ," wherein n6 is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n7 is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
R_x is selected from the group consisting of -S02- (Cχ-C8 alkyl), -SO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl), -S- (Cχ-C8 alkyl), -S-CO- (Cι-C3 alkyl), -S02-NR4-2R4.3; -CO-Cι-C2 alkyl; -CO-NR4- 3R4.4;
R_2 and R4.3 are independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl ; R-4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl ; R-5 is-H or Cι-C6 alkyl; R5 is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl; Cι-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NR5R7, C1-C4 alkoxy, C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C6 heteroaryl, C6-Cι0 aryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl, -S-C1-C4 alkyl, -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -CONR6R7, -C02- C1-C4 alkyl, C3-Cι0 aryloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C1-C4 haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, or C2-C alkanoyl; aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2 , 3 , or 4 groups that are independently halogen, OH,
C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkyl; and -NR6R7; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl, phenyl C1-C4 alkyl;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of -S02- heteroaryl, -S02-aryl, -S02-heterocycloalkyl , -S02-Cι- C10 alkyl, -C(0)NHR9, heterocycloalkyl, -S-Cι-C6 alkyl, -S-C2-C alkanoyl, wherein R9 is aryl C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkyl, or H;
R50 is H or Cι-C6 alkyl;
R5i is selected from the group consisting of aryl C1-C4 alkyl; Cx-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NR6R7, -C(0)NRsR7, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or
-C1-C4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C1-C alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C2-C4 alkanoyl, aryl C1-C4 alkyl, and -S02 Cx-C4 alkyl; ,alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, C1-C4 alkyl,
C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl) or N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl) ; heteroarylalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(C!-C6 alkyl) or N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl) ; aryl; heterocycloalkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and cycloalkylalkyl ; wherein the aryl ; heterocycloalkyl , C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 groups that are independently halogen, CN, N02, Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkanoyl, Cx-Cε haloalkyl, Cι-C3 haloalkoxy, hydroxy, Cι-C5 hydroxyalkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 thioalkoxy, Cι-C6 thioalkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, or Cι-C6 alkoxy Cι-C6 alkoxy;
R52 is heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
-S (0)o-2-Cι-C6 alkyl, C02H, -C(0)NH2, -C (0) NH (alkyl) ,
-C (O)N (alkyl) (alkyl) , -C02-alkyl, -NHS (O) 0-2-Cι-C6 alkyl, -N (alkyl) S (O) 0-2-Cι-C6 alkyl, -S(O)0-2- heteroaryl, -S (O) 0-2-aryl , -NH (arylalkyl) , -N(alkyl) (arylalkyl), thioalkoxy, or alkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl,
N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, or aminocarbonyl; R53 is absent, -0-, -C(O)-, -NH- , -N (alkyl)-, -NH-S (0) 0_2- , -N(alkyl)-S (0)0-2-, -S (O) 0-2-NH- , -S(O)0-2- N (alkyl)-, -NH-C(S)-, or -N (alkyl) -C(S) -; R54 is heteroaryl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C02H, -C02-alkyl, -C (0) NH (alkyl) , -C (O) N (alkyl) (alkyl), -C(0)NH , Cι-C8 alkyl, OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, arylalkoxy, NH2, NH(alkyl), N(alkyl) (alkyl), or -Ci- Cs alkyl-C02-C1-C3 alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, C02H, -C02-alkyl, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, or aminocarbonyl ; X' is selected from the group consisting of -Cι-C3 alkylidenyl optionally optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; and -NR4_6-; or
R and R4-6 combine to form -(CH2)nιo_, wherein
Figure imgf000022_0001
Z' is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S02; SO; S; and C (O) ;
Y is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-C haloalkyl; C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl; C6-Cι0 aryl; OH; -N(Yι) (Y2); Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Cι-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; wherein Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; Cx-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cι-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-C3 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl; phenyl Cι-C4 alkyl; or C3-C8 cycloalkyl Cι-C4 alkyl; or Yi, Y2 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-Cs alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, Cx-Cε alkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, or halogen. In still another alternative embodiment, RN is
Y^X'-CH- NH2 wherein X' is C1-C4 alkylidenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; or -NR4_6-, where R4-6 is-H or Cι-C3 alkyl ; or
R4 and R4_6 combine to form -(CH2)nιo-, where R4 and R4.6 are as defined above, wherein
Figure imgf000023_0001
Z' is selected from a bond; S02; SO; S; and C (0) ;
Y is selected from H; C1-C4 haloalkyl; C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl containing at least one N, 0, or S; phenyl; OH; -N(Yι) (Y2) ; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru
3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with halogen,
C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, CN or N02; phenyl C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy,
CN or N02; wherein
Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C -C3 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S02- C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl Cι-C4 alkyl; and C3-C8 cycloalkyl Cx-C alkyl ; or -N(Yι) (Y2) forms a ring selected from piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, Cι-C3 alkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, or halogen. In another embodiment, RN is RN_5 wherein RN_5 is selected from the group consisting of Cι-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2-aryl , C2-C6 alkenyl containing one or two double bonds, C2-C6 alkynyl containing one or two triple bonds, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and (CH2)0- 2-heteroaryl . In a preferred embodiment, Rx is (CH2) nι~ (Ri-aryi) where nx is zero or one and Rι_aryι is phenyl optionally substituted with
1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of Cι-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH,
-NRι-aRι-b, -C≡N, -CF3, and Cι-C3 alkoxy; halogen; Cι-C5 alkoxy; -NRN-2RN-3; and OH; wherein
Rι_a and Rι-b are -H or Cι-C3 alkyl;
RN-2 and RN_3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Cι-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C8 cycloalkyl); - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -O- (Cι-C3 alkyl); - C2-C6 alkenyl; -C2-C6 alkynyl; -Cι-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl ; heterocycloalkyl ; or RN-2, RN-3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, halo Cι-C6 alkyl, halo Cι-C6 alkoxy, -CN, -N02, -NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), N(Cι-Ce alkyl) (Cι-C3 alkyl), -OH, - C(0)NH2, -C(0)NH(C1-C6 alkyl), -C(0)N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl), Cι-C6 alkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 thioalkoxy, and Cι-C6 thioalkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl. In another preferred aspect,
Ri is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -Cι-C3 alkyl-aryl, -Cι-C6 alkyl-heteroaryl, or -Cι-C6 alkyl -heterocyclyl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, -NR105R'ιo5, -C02R, -N(R)COR', or -N(R)S02R' (where R105, R'IOΞ, and R' are as defined above), -C (=0) - (C1-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (Cι-C4) alkyl, or
Cι-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C3 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo. Preferred compounds of formula I also include those wherein Ri is
-Cι-C6 alkyl-aryl, -Cι-C3 alkyl -heteroaryl , or -Cι-C3 alkyl -heterocyclyl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, -NRi05R'i05, -C02R, -N(R)COR', or -N(R)S02R'
(where Rios, R'105, R and R' are as defined above), -C(=0) - (Cι-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C1-C4) alkyl, or Cι-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or C2-Ci0 alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo . Preferred compounds of formula I further include those wherein Rx is
-(CH2)-aryl, - (CH2) -heteroaryl , or - (CH2) -heterocyclyl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, NRiosR'ios, -C02R, -N(R)COR', or -N(R)S02R' (where R105
R'105, R and R' are as defined above), -C (=0) - (C1-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C(=0)- amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C1-C4) alkyl , or Cι-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or
C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or
C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cx-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo. Preferred compounds of formula I also include those wherein Rx is
-CH2-phenyl or -CH2-pyridinyl where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C4 alkoxy, hydroxy, -N02, and Cι-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), N- (Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl) , C≡N, CF3. Preferred compounds of formula I further include those wherein Rx is -CH2-phenyl or -CH2-pyridinyl where the phenyl or pyridinyl rings are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C2 alkyl, Cχ-C2 alkoxy, hydroxy, -CF3, and -N02.
Preferred compounds of formula I include those wherein R is -CH2-phenyl where the phenyl ring is optionally substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cχ-C2 alkyl, Cχ-C2 alkoxy, hydroxy, and -N02.
Preferred compounds of formula I also include those wherein Rx is benzyl, or 3 , 5-difluorobenzyl . In a preferred aspect, the invention is directed to compounds of Formula IA,
Figure imgf000028_0001
IA or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof wherein RN, T, X, R20, Rx, R2, and R3 are as defined above for Formula I; Rc is selected from - (CH2) 0-3- (C3-C8) cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -R205; and -C02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); - (CR245R25o) o-4-aryl ; - (CR245R25o) 0-4-heteroaryl ;
- (CR245R25o) o-4-heterocycloalkyl ; - (CR245R250) 0-4-aryl- heteroaryl; - (CR245R250) o-4-aryl-heterocycloalkyl ;
- (CR245R250) o-4-aryl-aryl; - (CR245R25o) o- -heteroaryl -aryl ;
- (CR245R250) 0-4-heteroaryl-heterocycloalkyl; - (CR45R25o) 0-4- heteroaryl-heteroaryl; -CHR2 5-CHR25o-aryl ; - (CR245R25o) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl -heteroaryl ; - (CR2 5R25o) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl ; - (CR2 5R5o) o-4- heterocycloalkyl-aryl ; a monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 5, 6, 7 8, 9, or 10 carbons fused to 1 or 2 aryl (preferably phenyl), heteroaryl (preferably pyridyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, or pyrimidyl) , or heterocycloalkyl (preferably piperidinyl or piperazinyl) groups; wherein 1, 2 or 3 carbons of the monocyclic or bicyclic ring are optionally replaced with -NH- , -N (CO) 0-χRχ5- , -N(CO) 0-1R220- , -0-, or -S(=O)0-2-, and wherein the monocyclic or bicyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 groups that are independently -R205, -R2s, -R250 or =0; and -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R05 groups; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group attached directly or indirectly to the - (CR245R250) 0-4 group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 R20o groups; wherein each heterocycloalkyl attached directly or indirectly to the - (CR245R25o) 0-4 group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R210;
R200 at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cχ-C5 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -OH; -N02; -halogen; -C≡N; - (CH2)o-4-CO-NR22oR225; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl);
- (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C8 alkenyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C8 alkynyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0- 4- (CO) o-χ-aryl (preferably phenyl); - (CH2) 0-4-
(CO) 0-1-heteroaryl (preferably pyridyl, pyrimidyl , furanyl , imidazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, or pyrazinyl) ; -(CH2)o-4-
(CO) 0-1-heterocycloalkyl (preferably imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl , piperidinyl, or tetrahydropyranyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4- C02R2χ5; - (CH2)o-4-S02-NR22o 225; - (CH2) 0.4-S (0) 0-2-
(Ci-Cβ alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-S (0) 0_2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-N(H or R215) -C02R2χ5;
- (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R215) -S02-R22o; - (CH2) 0.4-N(H or R2i5)-CO-N(R2χ5)2; - (CH2) o-4-N (-H or R215) -CO-R220; - (CH2)o-4-NR22oR225; - (CH2)o-4-0-CO- (Cχ-C6 alkyl) ;
-(CH2)o-4-0-(R2i5) ; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R2χ5) ; -(CH2)0-4-O- (Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 5 -F) ; -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R205 groups; -C2-C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 05 groups; adamantly, and -(CH2)0- - C3-C7 cycloalkyl ; each aryl and heteroaryl group included within R20o is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently -R205, -R_uo or -Cχ-C6 alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205 or R2χ0; each heterocycloalkyl group included within R200 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R2χo; R205 at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cχ-C3 alkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, ~Cχ- C6 haloalkoxy, - (CH2) 0-3 (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), halogen, - (CH2) o-e-OH, -O-phenyl, OH, SH, -(CH2)0-
Figure imgf000030_0001
alkoxy, Cχ-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, and -NR235R4o; R2χo at each occurrence is independently selected ' from -Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -C2-C3 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; Cχ-C6 alkanoyl; -S02- (Cχ-C6 alkyl); -C2-C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2os groups; -halogen; -Cχ-C6 alkoxy; -Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy; -NR220R225; -OH; -C≡N; -C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
3 R205 groups; -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); -S02-NR235R24o; -
CO-NR235R24o; -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); and =0;
R215 at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cx-Cg alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (aryl) , -C2-C3 alkenyl, --
C2-C6 alkynyl, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -(CH2)0-2-
(heteroaryl) , and - (CH2)0-2- (heterocycloalkyl) ; wherein the aryl group included within R2ι5 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently -R205 or -R2ι0; wherein the heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl groups included within R2i5 are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2ιo; R220 at each occurrence is independently H, -Cι-C5 alkyl, -CHO, hydroxy Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -amino Cι-C6 alkyl, -S02-Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkanoyl optionally substituted with up to three halogens, -C(0)NH2, -C(0)NH(Cι-
C6 alkyl) , -C(0)N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl) , -halo Ci-Cg alkyl, - (CH2) 0_2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -0- (C1-C3 alkyl) , -C2-C3 alkenyl, - C2-C6 alkynyl, -aryl (preferably phenyl), -heteroaryl, or -heterocycloalkyl; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl groups included within R220 and R225 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R270 groups, R27o at each occurrence is independently -R205, - Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1,
2, or 3 R205 groups; -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; -C2-C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; - phenyl; -halogen; -Cι-C6 alkoxy; -Cι-C6 haloalkoxy; -NR235R2 o; -OH; -C≡N; -C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -CO- (C1-C4 alkyl); -SO2-NR235R240; -CO-NR235R24o; -S02-(Cι-C4 alkyl) ; and =0;
R235 and R24o at each occurrence are independently
-H, -Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C3 alkanoyl, -S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or -phenyl; nd R250 at each occurrence are independently selected from H, - (CH2)o-4C02Cι-C4 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-4C (=0) Cι-C4 alkyl, -Cι-C4 alkyl, -C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, -C1-C4 alkoxy, -C1-C4 haloalkoxy, - (CH2) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-
C6 alkynyl, -(CH2)0-4 aryl, -(CH2)0-4 heteroaryl, and
-(CH2)o-4 heterocycloalkyl, or R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, 2, or 3 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by 1, 2, or 3 gropus that are independently -0-, -S-, -S02-, -C(O)-, -NR220-, or -NR220R220- wherein both R2o groups are alkyl; and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-C(0)Cι-C5 alkyl, -NH-S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or halogen; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl groups included within R245 and R2so are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independenly halogen, Cι_6 alkyl, CN or OH. In another aspect of Formula IA,
Ri is C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -Cι-C4 alkoxy, amino, mono- dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups;
R50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C alkyl), -NR7R8, Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C3 alkoxy, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R7 and R8 are selected from H; -Cι-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH2 and halogen; -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; -
(C1-C4 alkyl) -0- (Cι-C4 alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; and -C2-C4 alkynyl; Rc is selected from - (CR245R25o) 0-4 -aryl ; - (CR2 5R25o) 0-4 -heteroaryl ;
- (CR245R250) 0-4-heterocycloalkyl ; where the aryl and heteroaryl groups attached to the - (CR245R25o) o-4- group are optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , 3 or 4 R20o groups ; where the heterocycloalkyl group attached to the - (CR245R25o) 0-4 group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2ι0 groups ; and 245 R250, R200, and R2ιo are as defined above.
In another aspect of Formula IA, the invention provides compounds wherein
Rc is - (CR245R25o) o-4-heterocycloalkyl (preferably piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl , 2-oxo-tetrahydroquinolinyl , 2- oxo-dihydro-lH-indolyl, or imidazolidinyl) ; where the heterocycloalkyl group attached to the - (CR245R25o) o- ~ group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2i0 groups, wherein R245, R2so, and R2ι0 are as defined above.
In another aspect of Formula IA, the invention provides compounds wherein
Ri is C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, which are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, wherein each R50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR7R8 or Cι-C6 alkyl,
R7 and R8 are independently -H; -Ci-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH , and halogen; or -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; and Rc is - (CR2 5R25o) o- -aryl (preferred aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl, more preferably, phenyl) or - (CR245R25o) 0-4~ heteroaryl (preferably the heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, more preferably pyridyl), where the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R2oo groups, where R20o is as defined above.
Still more preferred compounds of formula IA, include those wherein Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl (preferably phenyl or naphthyl, still more preferably phenyl) group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; Rc is - (CR245R25o) ι-4-aryl (preferred aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl, more preferably, phenyl) or - (CR245R250) 1-4- heteroaryl (preferably the heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, more preferably pyridyl) , R245 and R250 are independently selected from H, -(CH2)0- 4C02Cχ-C4 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-4CO2H, -Cχ-C4 alkyl, - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) OH, or R245, R250 and the carbon to which they are attached form a monocycle or bicycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1 or 2 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR220-, where R220 is as defined above; and wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups attached to the - (CR2 5R25o) 1-4- groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R20o groups . In another aspect of Formula IA, the invention provides compounds wherein,
Rx is Cχ-Cχ0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl or naphthyl) , which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, wherein R50 is independently halogen, OH, or Cχ-C3 alkyl;
Rc is - (CR245R5o) -aryl (preferred aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl, more preferably, phenyl) or - (CR245R2so) - heteroaryl (preferably the heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, more preferably pyridyl) , wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups attached to the - (CR245R2so) 1-4- groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substitutents selected from -Cl, -Br, -I, -Cχ~ C3 alkyl, - (C1-C3 alkyl) OH, -CN, -C=CH, -C=C-CH2-OH, -CF3, -thienyl optionally substituted with a -C(=0)H group, phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cι-C3 alkyl groups, - (Cx-C3 alkyl)0H group or -CO(Cι-C3 alkyl) group, - isoxazolyl optionally substituted with a Cx-C4 alkyl group, or - (Cx-C2 alkyl) oxazolyl where the oxazole ring is optionally substituted with -Cι-C2 alkyl group;
R245 and R2so at each occurance are independently -H, -Cι-C3 alkyl, - (Cι-C3 alkyl) C02H, -( C1-C3 alkyl) C02 (Cι-C3 alkyl), or - (Cι-C3 alkyl) OH, or R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1 or 2 carbon atoms is optionally replaced by -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR22o-, and R220 is as defined above.
In other preferred compounds of Formula IA, X is S02, T is absent and RN is Cι-C8 alkyl or phenyl, where phenyl is optionally substituted with 1-2 of halogen, Cι-C6 alkyl, Ci-Cβ alkoxy, amino, mono- or di (Cι-C6) alkylamino, trifluoromethyl , hydoxy, cyano, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl (Ci-Cg) alkyl . More preferably, RN Unless indicated otherwise, in the structures below, the various variables carry the definitions given for Formula IA.
In another aspect, preferred compounds of formula IA include compounds of formula II:
Figure imgf000035_0001
II where
RN, X, T, Ri, R2, R3 and R20 are as definded above;
Xi is CH2, CHR200, C(R2oo)2, or -(C=0)-;
X2, and X3 are independently CH2, CHR200, C(R20o)2, 0, C=0, S, S02, NH, or NR7; X is a bond, CH2, CHR2oo, C(R200)2 O, C=0, S, S02, NH, or NR7; wherein one of X2, X3 or X is optionally replaced with O, C=0,
S, S02, NH, or NR7; provided that when X is - (C=0) - , X2 is CH2, CHR20o, C(R20o)2, 0, NH or NR7 and the X3 group attached to X2 is CH2, CHR200,
C(R20o)2, or S02 when X2 is NH or NR7 and X4 is CH2, CHR200, or C(R20o)2 or a bond; or -X2-X3- is -(C=0)0-, -0(C=0)-, -(C=0)NH-, -NH(C=0)-
-(C=0)NR7-, or -NR7(C=0)-, with the proviso that Xx is not - (C=0) - and with the proviso that X4 is CH2, CHR200, or
C(R2oo)2 or a bond; or -X3-X - is -(C=0)0-, -0(C=0)-, -(C=0)NH-, -NH(C=0)-,
-(C=0)NR7-, or -NR7(C=0)-, with the proviso that X2 is CH2,
Figure imgf000036_0001
-X2-X3-X4- is - (C=0)NH-S02- or -S02-NH (C=0) - , - (C=0) NR7-S02- or
-S02-NR7 (C=0) -, with the proviso that Xi is not -(C=0)-; and X5, Xs, X7 and X8 are CH or CR20o, where 1 or 2 of X5, X6, X7 and
X8 is optionally replaced with N, and where R2oo and R7 are as defined above.
In another aspect, preferred compounds of the invention include the compounds of formula III:
Figure imgf000036_0002
III wherein
RN, X and T are as defined above;
Ri is C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -Cι-C alkoxy, amino, mono- dialkylamino, aryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
R50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (Cι-C4 alkyl), -NR7R8, Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and
R7 and R8 are selected from H; -Cι-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH2 and halogen; -C3-C3 cycloalkyl;
- (Cι-C4 alkyl) -O- (Cι-C4 alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; and -C2-C4 alkynyl;
Xi is CH2, CHR200, C(R20o)2, or -(C=0)-;
X2, and X3 are independently CH2, CHR200, C(R20o)2, 0, C=0, S,
S02, NH, or NR7; X4 is a bond, CH2, CHR20o, C(R20o)2 0, C=0, S, S02, NH, or NR7; provided that when Xλ is -(C=0)-, X is CH2, CHR20o, C(R200)2, 0, NH or NR7 and the X3 group attached to X is CH2, CHR20o, C(R20o)2, or S02 when X2 is NH or NR7 and X4 is CH2, CHR200, or C(R2oo)2 or a bond; or -X2-X3- is -(C=0)0-, -0(C=0)-, -(C=0)NH-, -NH(C=0)- -(C=0)NR7-, or -NR7(C=0)-, with the proviso that Xx is not - (C=0) - and with the proviso that X is CH2, CHR20o, or C(R2oo)2 or a bond; or -X3-X4- is -(C=0)0-, -0(C=0)-, -(C=0)NH-, -NH(C=0)-, -(C=0)NR7- , or -NR7(C=0)-, with the proviso that X2 is CH2, CHR20o, or C(R2oo)2; or
-X2-X3-X4- is - (C=0)NH-S02- or -S02-NH (C=0) - , - (C=0) NR7-S02- or
-S02-NR7 (C=0) -, with the proviso that X is not -(C=0)-; and
Xs, X6, X and X8 are CH or CR200, where 1 or 2 of X5, X6, X7 and X8 is optionally replaced with N, and where R20o and R7 are as defined above.
Preferred compounds of Formula III include those wherein Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl (preferably phenyl or naphthyl) groups, which are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R5o groups, R50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR7R8 or Cι-C6 alkyl ;
R7 and R8 are independently H; -Cι-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; or -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; and Xi, X2 or X3 are independently CH2 or CHR2oo, where one of X2 or X3 is optionally replaced with O, C=0, S02, NH, NR7, X4 is a bond; and
X5, X6, X7 and X8 are independently CH or CR2oo, where one of X5, X6, X7 or X8 is optionally replaced with N, and R2oo is as defined above.
Even more preferred compounds of Formula III include those wherein
Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; X1; X2 and X3 are independently CH2, CHR20o, or C(R20o)2, where one of X2 or X3 is optionally replaced with 0, NH or NR7, and where X4 is a bond; and X5, X6, X7 and X8 are independently CH or CR20o, where one of X5,
X6, X7 or X8 is optionally replaced with N, where R50, R20o and R7 are as defined above.
Still more preferred compounds of formula III include those wherein
Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably phenyl), where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, wherein R50 is independently halogen, OH, or Cχ-C6 alkyl; Xi, X2 and X3 are independently CH2 or CHR200, where one of X2 or
X3 is optionally replaced with 0, NH or NR7; X4 is a bond;
X5, Xs, X7 and X8 are independently CH or CR20o, where one of X5, X6, X7 and X8 is optionally replaced with N; and
R20o is -C1-4 alkyl, -halogen; -0-Cι_3 alkyl; -pyrrolyl or - (CH2) i-3-N(R7) 2 , where R7 is as defined above.
Other preferred compounds of the invention are those of formula IV:
Figure imgf000039_0001
IV and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein T, X and R are as defined above;
Ri is C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -Cι-C alkoxy, amino, mono- dialkylamino, aryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
R50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (Cι-C alkyl), -NR7R8, Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy and C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
R7 and R8 are selected from H; -Cι-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH2 and halogen; -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; - (Cι-C4 alkyl) -0-(Cι-C4 alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; and -C2-C4 alkynyl; Xι-X8 are independently CH or CR20o, where 1, 2, 3 or 4 of Xi - X8 are optionally replaced with N (more preferably, 1, 2, or 3 are replaced with N) ; where R20o is as definded above.
Preferred compounds of formula IV include those where Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, where each aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, R50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR7R8 or Cι-C3 alkyl ,
R7 and R8 are independently H; -Cι-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH , and halogen; or -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; and
Xi - X8 are independently CH or CR2oo, where one or two of Xi - X8 is optionally replaced with N, and R50 and R2oo are as defined above.
Other preferred compounds of formula IV include those where
Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl group (preferably phenyl) is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, R50 is independently selected from halogen, OH, or Cι-Ce alkyl ; Xi - X8 are independently CH or CR2oo, where one of Xι-X8 is optionally replaced with N.
Still other Preferred compounds of formula IV include those where
R20o is -C1-C5 alkyl, -C2-C5 alkenyl, -C3-C3 cycloalkyl, halogen,
-CF3, -O-C1-C3 alkyl, - (Cι-C3 alkyl) -0- (d-C3 alkyl), pyrrolyl, or - (CH2) 1-3-N (R7) 2 • Other preferred compounds of the invention include compounds of formula V:
Figure imgf000041_0001
V and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein T and RN are as defined above;
Ri is C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, mono- dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aryl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally further substituted with =0;
Rso is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (C1-C4 alkyl), -NR7R8, Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R7 and R8 are selected from H; -C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH2 and halogen; -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; - (C1-C4 alkyl) -0- (Cι-C4 alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; and -C2-C4 alkynyl; R4 is H or -C1-C4 alkyl; R5 is -Cι-C4 alkyl;
Xi - X4 are independently CH or CR20o, where 1 or 2 of Xx - X are optionally replaced with N; and where R20o is as definded above.
Preferred compounds of formula V include those where Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, where each aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, each R50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR7R8 or Cχ-C6 alkyl ,
R7 and R8 are independently H; -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; or -C3-C6 cycloalkyl ; and Xx - X4 are independently CH or CR2oo, where one or two of Xx - X4 is optionally replaced with N; and R20o is as defined above.
Other preferred compounds of formula V include those where
Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, R50 is independently selected from halogen, OH, and Cχ-C3 alkyl ; Xχ-X4 are CH or CR20o, where one of Xx - X is optionally replaced with N, and where R50 and R20o are as defined above.
Still other preferred compounds of formula V include those where
R20o is -Cχ-C5 alkyl, -Cχ-C5 alkenyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, -CF3, -0-Cχ-C3 alkyl, - (Cχ-C3 alkyl) -O- ( Cχ-C3 alkyl), pyrrolyl, or - (CH2) χ-3-N (R7) 2 ■
Yet other preferred compounds of the invention include those of formula VI :
Figure imgf000043_0001
VI and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein T, RN, Rx, R2 and R3 are as defined above; m is 0 or an integer of 1-6;
Y is H, CN, OH, Ci-Cg alkoxy, C02H, C02R2χ5, NH2, aryl or heteroaryl; and Xχ-X5 are independently CH or CR20o, where 1, or 2 of Xχ-X5 are optionally replaced with N, and R20o is as definded as above.
Preferred compounds of formula VI include those where
R2, R3 and R15 are H;
X is -C(=0) -; Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -CN, -CF3, -0CF3, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, mono- dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aryl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, and wherein the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally further substituted with =0;
R50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -NR7R8, Cχ-Ce alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy or C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
R7 and R8 are independently H; -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH2 and halogen; -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) -O- (Cχ-C alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; or -C2-C4 alkynyl; X1-X5 are independently CH or CR20o, where 1 or 2 of Xχ-X5 are optionally replaced with N; and Y and R20o is as definded above.
Other preferred compounds of formula VI include those where
Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 aryl groups, where each aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, R50 is independently halogen, OH, CN, -NR7R8 or Cχ-C6 alkyl, R7 and R8 are independently -H; -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; or -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; χ-X5 are independently CH or CR20o, where one or two of Xχ-X5 is optionally replaced with N.
Still other preferred compounds of formula VI include those where
Rx is Cχ-Cχ0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups, where R50 is independently selected from halogen, OH, or Cχ-C6 alkyl; wherein Xx - X5 are independently CH or CR20o, where one of Xx - X5 is optionally replaced with N, and where R50 and R2oo are as definded above.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides compounds of formula VI, wherein
R200 is -Cχ-C3 alkyl, -Cχ-C5 alkenyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, -CF3, -0-Cχ-C3 alkyl, - (Cχ-C3 alkyl) -O- ( Cχ-C3 alkyl), pyrrolyl, or - (CH2) χ-3-N (R7) 2, and where R7 is as defined above . Yet other preferred compounds of formula VI include those where
Rx is Cχ-Cιo alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -CF3, -OCF3, -C3.7 cycloalkyl, -C1-C4 alkoxy, amino and aryl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; wherein
Rso is selected from halogen, OH, -CO- (Cι-C4 alkyl) , -NR7R8, Cι-C3 alkyl, Cι-Ce alkoxy and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and
R7 and R8 are independently -H; -Cι-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; -C3-C3 cycloalkyl; or - (C1-C4 alkyl) -0- (C1-C4 alkyl) .
Other preferred compounds of formula IA include those of formula I-b, i.e., compounds of formula IA, wherein Rc is (CR245R250) i-aryl, where the aryl (preferably phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably phenyl) is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2oo groups; and R245 is H and R25o is H or Cι-C6 alkyl; or
R245 and R250 are independently Cι-C3 alkyl (preferably both are methyl) ; or CR245R25o represents a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
Preferred compounds of formula I-b include those of formula I-c, i.e., compounds of I-b wherein the (CR245R250) i-aryl is (CR24sR25o) 1-phenyl where the phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20o groups.
Preferred compounds of formula I-c include those of formula I-d, i.e., compounds of I-c wherein the phenyl in (CR245R250) 1-phenyl is substituted with 1-3 independently selected R20o groups, or
1 or 2 independently selected R20o groups, and
1 heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 R20o group or 1 phenyl group optionally substituted with 1 R2oo group. Other preferred comounds include those wherein the phenyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group, which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R0o groups and/or =0.
Preferred compounds of formula I-d include those of formula I-e, i.e., compounds wherein R245 is hydrogen and R250 is C1-C3 alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula I-d include those of formula I-f, i.e., compounds of formula I-d wherein R245 and
R250 are both hydrogen. Preferred compounds of formula I-f include those of formula I-g, i.e., compounds of I-f wherein the phenyl in
(CR245R250) 1-phenyl is substituted with
(a) 1 R20o group and 1 heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 R20o group; or (b) 1 R20o group and 1 phenyl group optionally substituted with 1 R0o group; or
(c) 1 R200 group, and 1 heterocycloalkyl which is optionally substituted with one R2oo or =0.
Preferred compounds of formula I-g include those of formula I-h, i.e., compounds of I-g wherein
R200 i Cι-C3 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, Cι-C3 alkoxy, hydroxy (Ci- Cs) alkyl, Cι-C3 alkoxy (Cι-C6) alkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, or -NR22o 225, where R220 and R225 are independently hydrogen or alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formulas I-g or I-h, include those of formula I-i, i.e., compounds wherein Rx is benzyl where the phenyl portion is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cχ-C2 alkyl, Cχ-C2 alkoxy, -O-allyl, and hydroxy. Preferred compounds of formula I-i include those of formula I-k, i.e., compounds of I-i wherein the phenyl in (CR245R25o) i-phenyl is substituted with 1 R20o group, and 1 heteroaryl group, wherein the heteroaryl is a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 0 or 1-3 nitrogen atoms and 0 or 1 oxygen atoms provided that the ring contains at least one nitrogen or oxygen atom, and where the ring is optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy (Cχ-C6) alkyl , hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl , amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, or di (Cχ~ C6) alkylamino.
Other preferred compounds of formula I-i include those of formula I-k, i.e., compounds of I-i wherein the phenyl in (CR2 5R2So) χ-phenyl is substituted withl R2oo group, and 1 heterocycloalkyl group which is preferably piperazinyl, piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl and where the group is optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy (Cχ-C3) alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -Cχ-C6 alkanoyl, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, or di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino .
Preferred compounds of formula I-k include those of formula I-l, i.e., compounds wherein the heteroaryl is pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl , imidazolyl, pyrazolyl , furanyl , thiazolyl, or oxazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy (Cχ~ C6) alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, or di (Cχ-Ce) alkylamino . Preferred compounds of formula I-l include those of formula I-m, i.e., compounds wherein R20o is Cχ-C6 alkyl, or C2- C6 alkenyl .
Other preferred compounds of formula I-d include those of formula I-n, i.e., compounds wherein CR245R250 represents a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
Preferred compounds of formula I-n include those of formula I-o, i.e., compounds of I-n wherein CR245R25o represents a C5-C7 cycloalkyl group. Other preferred compounds of formula I-n, include those of formula I-p, i.e., compounds of I-n wherein CR2 5R25o represents a C3-Cg cycloalkyl group.
Preferred compounds of formula I-p include those of formula I-q, i.e., compounds of I-p wherein CR25R25o represents a C6 cycloalkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula I-q include those of formula I-r, i.e., compounds of I-q wherein the phenyl in (CR2 5R25o) i-phenyl is substituted with
1 R200 group; or 1 R20o group and one heteroaryl group optionally substituted with one R20o group or
1 R200 group and one phenyl group optionally substituted with one R20o group.
Preferred compounds of formula I-r include those of formula I-s, i.e., compounds wherein the phenyl in (CR245R25o) x-phenyl is substituted with 1 R200 group .
Preferred compounds of formula I-s include those of formula I-t, i.e., compounds wherein R2oo is Cχ-C6 alkyl , C2-C6 alkenyl , Cχ-C3 alkoxy, hydroxy (Cχ~
C6) alkyl , Cχ-C6 alkoxy (Cχ-C6) alkyl , halogen, hydroxy, cyano , or -NR22o 225 , where
R220 and R2 5 are independently hydrogen or alkyl . Preferred compounds of formula I-t include those of formula I-u, i.e., compounds wherein
Rx is benzyl where the phenyl portion of the benzyl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cχ-C2 alkyl, Cχ-C2 alkoxy, -O-allyl, and hydroxy.
Preferred compounds of formula I-u include those of formula I-w, i.e., compounds of I-u wherein R200 is Cχ-C6 alkyl or C2-C6 alkenyl. Preferred compounds of formula I-w, include those of formula I-x, i.e., compounds wherein Rx is benzyl, 3- fluorobenzyl or 3 , 5-difluorobenzyl .
Preferred compounds of formula I-w, include those of formula I-z, i.e., compounds wherein R20o is C3-C5 alkyl. Preferred compounds of formula I-m, include those of formula I-aa, i.e., compounds wherein R2oo is C3-C5 alkyl.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of formula I-bb, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas I to I-aa, wherein R2 is H, methyl, or hydroxymethyl and R3 is H.
Other preferred compounds of formula I include those of formula I-cc, wherein
Rc is a monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 5, 6, 7 8, 9, or 10 carbons fused to 1 aryl (preferably phenyl) , heteroaryl (preferably pyridyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, or pyrimidyl), or heterocycloalkyl (preferably piperidinyl or piperazinyl) groups; wherein 1, 2 or 3 carbons of the monocyclic or bicyclic ring are optionally replaced with -NH- , -N(CO)0-iR2i5-, -N(CO)o-ιR22o-, -0- , or -S(=O)0-2-, and wherein the monocyclic or bicyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 groups that are independently -R2os, - 245, -R250 or =0. More preferably, Rc is as defined above and Rx is Cχ-Cι0 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups . Other, preferred compounds of formula I include those of formula I-dd, wherein
Rc is -CHR245-CHR250-phenyl; wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 R20o groups; and R245 and R2so are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 5 , 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, or 2 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by 1 or 2 groups that are independently -O- , -S-, -S02-, -C(O)-, or -NR220-, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C1-C alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH2, NH(Cι-C3 alkyl), N(Cι-C3 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl), -NH-C (0) C1-C5 alkyl, -NH- S02- (Cι-C3 alkyl) , or halogen; and
Ri is C1-C10 alkyl substituted with one aryl group (preferably phenyl) , where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups . Preferred compounds of formula I-dd include those of formula I-ee, i.e. compounds of formula I-dd, wherein R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH2, NH(Cι-C3 alkyl), N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl), -NH-C (0) C1-C5 alkyl, -NH-S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or halogen. Preferred compounds of formula I-dd include those of formula I-ff, i.e. compounds of formula I-dd, wherein
R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 5, or 6, carbon atoms, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl), -NH-C (O) Cι-C3 alkyl, -NH-S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or halogen.
Preferred compounds of formula I include those of formula Il-gg, i.e. compounds of formula I wherein
Rc is - (CR245R25o) -heteroaryl (preferred heteroaryl groups include thienyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, oxazolyl, and thiazolyl) , wherein the heteroaryl group attached to the - (CR245R25o) 1-4- group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substitutents selected from -Cl, -Br, -I, -Cι-C6 alkyl, - (Cι-C3 alkyl) OH, -CN, -C=CH, -C=C-CH2-0H, -CF3, or
-phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 C1-C3 alkyl groups, - (C1-C3 alkyl)OH group or -CO (Cι-C3 alkyl) group, wherein R245 and R250 at each occurance are independently -H, -C1-C3 alkyl , - (C1-C3 alkyl ) C02H, or - (Cι-C3 alkyl ) OH, (in one aspect R245 is H; in another aspect , R2 5 and R250 are H ; in another aspect , R245 and R250 are both methyl ) or R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms (preferably 6 carbon atoms) , where 1 or 2 carbon atoms is optionally replaced by -0-, -C(O)-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR220-, and R220 is as defined above. In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of the formula VII:
Figure imgf000051_0001
VI I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R45 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, 2, or 3 CH2 groups are optionally replaced by 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently -0-, -S-, -S02-, -C(O)-, or -NR2 0-; and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently Cι-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, =0, hydroxyl and halogen; R2, R50, R2oo, and R22o are as defined for formula I. Preferred compounds of formula VII include compounds of formula Vll-a, i.e., compounds of formula VII wherein at least one of the R50 groups is a halogen.
Preferred compounds of formula Vll-a include compounds of formula VII-c, i.e., compounds of formula Vll-a wherein at least one R50 group is halogen. More preferably, the other R50 group is H, OH or -O-allyl. In another aspect, both R50 groups are halogen and more preferably, F or Cl . Still more preferably, both R50 groups are F. Still more preferably, the R50 groups are "meta" relative to each other, i.e., 1-3 to each other.
Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VII, Vll-a and VII-c include compounds of formula Vll-d, i.e., compounds wherein R245 and R2so are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms (preferably 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms, more preferably, 5 or 6 carbon atoms) , wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently Cι-C alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, =0, and halogen. More preferably, the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups. Still more preferably, if the ring is substituted, one of the groups is =0. Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VII, Vll-a, and VII-c include compounds of formula Vll-e, i.e., compounds wherein
R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a bicycle of 5, 6, 7, or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, -C(O)-, and -NR220-; and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently Cι-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl and halogen. Preferably the bicycle is bicyclo [3.1.0] hexyl , 6-aza- bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane wherein the nitrogen is optionally substituted with -C (0) CH3 or CH3, octahydro- cyclopenta [c] pyrrolyl , 5-oxo-octahydro-pentalenyl , or 5- hydroxy-octahydro-pentalenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl and halogen.
Preferred according to any one of formulas VII-c, Vll-d and Vll-e include compounds wherein one R20o is imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, furanyl , benzyl, piperidinonyl, or pyridyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with halogen, or Cι-C4 alkyl. Also preferred are compounds wherein a second R20o is Cι-C6 alkyl (preferably C2-Ce alkyl, more preferably tert-butyl, neopentyl or isopropyl.)
Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VII, VII -a, and VII-c, include compounds of formula VII -f, i.e., compounds wherein
R25 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms, where at least 1, but up to 3 carbon atoms are replaced by groups that are independently -0-, -S-, - S02-, -C(O)-, or -NR22o- (in one aspect, preferably -0-); and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently Cι-C4 alkyl,
Cχ-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl and halogen. Preferably the monocycle is tetrahydropyranyl , 2-oxo- tetrahydropyrimidinonyl , piperidinyl, 2- oxo (1, 3) oxazinonyl, or cyclohexanonyl . Preferably, R22o is H, -Cχ-C6 alkyl, -CHO, hydroxy Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -amino Cχ-C6 alkyl, -S02-Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkanoyl optionally substituted with up to three halogens, -C(0)NH2, -C (0) NH (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -C(0)N(C1-C6 alkyl) (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -halo Cχ-C6 alkyl, or - (CH2) 0-2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl). More preferably, R220 is H, -Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cx-
C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -S02-Cχ-C3 alkyl, -C(0)CF3, -C(0)NH2,
-C(0)NH(Cχ-C3 alkyl), or -C(0)N(C1-C6 alkyl) (Cχ-C6 alkyl).
Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VII- d or Vll-e include compounds of formula Vll-g, i.e., compounds wherein at least one R20o is Cχ-C3 alkyl. More preferably, R2oo is C2-C6 alkyl. Still more preferably it is C3-C3 alkyl.
Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas Vlla-VIIg include compounds of formula Vll-h, i.e., compounds wherein Rc is of the formula:
Figure imgf000054_0001
More preferably, Rc is of the formula:
Figure imgf000054_0002
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds according to any one of formulas VII to VII -h wherein R2 is H.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds according to any one of formulas VII to Vll-h wherein R2 is Cχ~ C4 alkyl or hydroxy Cχ-C4 alkyl. In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of 'formula VIII :
Figure imgf000055_0001
VIII wherein
A is -CH2-CR100R101-, -CH2-S-, -CH2-S(0)-, -CH2-S(0)2-, -CH2-NRχoo-, -CH2-C(0)-, -CH2-0-, -0-CR100Rιoι- , -S02-NRχ0o, or -C(0)-0-; Rxoo and R10χ are independently H, Cχ-C6 alkyl, phenyl, CO(Cχ-C3 alkyl) or S02Cχ-C6 alkyl; V is CH, CR50, or N;
R30o is H or Cχ-C alkyl (preferably the alkyl is methyl) ; and Z, RΞ0 and R20o are as defined for formula I.
Preferred compounds of formula VIII include compounds of formula VHI-a, i.e., compounds of formula VIII wherein at least one of the Rso groups is a halogen. In another aspect, the other R50 group is H, OH, or -O-allyl .
Preferred compounds of formula VHI-a, include compounds of formula VHI-b, i.e., compounds wherein T is NH, N-methyl N-ethyl, or oxygen.
Preferred compounds of formula VIII-b include compounds of formula VIII-c, i.e., compounds of formula VHI-b wherein both R50 groups are halogen and more preferably, F or Cl . Still more preferably, both R50 groups are F. In other preferred compounds, at least one R50 is OH or -O-benzyl. More preferably, a second R50 is present and it is a halogen (preferably F or Cl . )
Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas VIII, VIII -a, VIII-b, or VIII-c, include those of formula VHI-d, i.e., compounds wherein at least one R20o is Cχ-C6 alkyl. In one aspect, R200 is C3-C6 alkyl, preferably neopentyl, tert-butyl or isopropyl. In another aspect, R20o is Cχ-C4 alkyl. Preferred compounds of formual VIII-d include those wherein A is -CH2-0- or -CH2-CH - . Also preferred are compounds wherein A is -C (0) -0- , Also preferred are compounds wherein A is -CH2-NRχ0o- • Also preferred are compounds wherein A is -CH2-S-, -CH2-S(0)-, or -CH2-S(0)2-. Preferred compounds of formula VIII include compounds wherein one R20o is Cχ-C3 alkyl, preferably C2-Ce alkyl, more preferably C3-C5 alkyl.
Also preferred are compounds wherein a second R2oo is present and it is imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, furanyl , benzyl, or pyridyl, wherein each cyclic group is optionally substituted with -R2os, halogen, and/or Cχ~ C alkyl. In another aspect, they are substituted with halogen, and/or Cχ-C alkyl. Also preferred are compounds wherein a second R2oo is Cχ-C6 alkyl. Also preferred are compounds wherein R10o and R10χ are independently H or Cχ-C6 alkyl .
In another aspect, preferred compounds of formula VIII -d include those wherein R30o is methyl. In another aspect, when R300 is methyl, A is -CH2-0- or -CH2-CH2- . In another aspect, preferred compounds of formula I include compounds of formula A- I:
Figure imgf000056_0001
A-I and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the A ring is a heteroaryl group, selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, wherein said heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four Rz and/or Ra groups, wherein d Ra at each occurrence are independently Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5RS; or OH; N02; halogen; C02H; C≡N; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-NR21R22 wherein R21 and R22 are the same or different and are selected from H; -Cχ-Ce alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from OH and -NH2; -Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three groups that are independently -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I; -C3-C7 cycloalkyl; - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (Cχ-C3 alkyl) -0- (Cχ-C3 alkyl); -C2-C6 alkenyl; -C2-C6 alkynyl; -Cχ-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; R17; and R18; or - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Cχ2 alkenyl) ; -(CH2)o-4-CO-(C2-Cι2 alkynyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO-Rχ7; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-Rχ8; - (CH2) 0-
4-CO-Rχg; or - (CH2) o-4-CO-Rχχ wherein R17 at each occurrence is an aryl group selected from phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2 -naphthyl and indanyl , indenyl , dihydronaphthyl , or tetralinyl, wherein said aryl groups are optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four groups that are independently Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, SH, and -NR5Re, C≡N, CF3, and Cχ-C3 alkoxy; or C2-C6 alkenyl or C-C6 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from F, Cl , OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5Rs; or halogen; -Cχ-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two, or three F; -NR2χR22; OH; C≡N; C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from F, Cl , OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; or -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); -S02-NRsR6; -CO-NR5R6; or -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) ; each occurrence is a heteroaryl group selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, benzothienyl , indolyl, indolinyl, pryidazinyl, pyrazinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl , quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl , imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl , benzimidazolyl , benzofuranyl , furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl , oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolopyridinyl, imidazopyridinyl , isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl , cinnolinyl, carbazolyl, beta- carbolinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl , tetrahydroisoquinolinyl , isoindolinyl , isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl , isobenzotetrahydrothienyl , isobenzothienyl, benzoxazolyl , pyridopyridinyl, benzotetrahydrofuranyl , benzotetrahydrothienyl , purinyl , benzodioxolyl , triazinyl, phenoxazinyl , phenothiazinyl, pteridinyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl , imidazothiazolyl , dihydrobenzisoxazinyl , benzisoxazinyl , benzoxazinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl , benzopyranyl , benzothiopyranyl , coumarinyl , isocoumarinyl , chromonyl , chromanonyl , pyridinyl-N-oxide, tetrahydroquinolinyl , dihydroquinolinyl , dihydroquinolinonyl , dihydroisoquinolinonyl , dihydrocoumarinyl , dihydroisocoumarinyl , isoindolinonyl, benzodioxanyl , benzoxazolinonyl, pyrrolyl N-oxide, pyrimidinyl N-oxide, pyridazinyl N-oxide, pyrazinyl N-oxide, quinolinyl N-oxide, indolyl N-oxide, indolinyl N-oxide, isoquinolyl N- oxide, quinazolinyl N-oxide, quinoxalinyl N-oxide, phthalazinyl N-oxide, imidazolyl N-oxide, isoxazolyl N-oxide, oxazolyl N-oxide, thiazolyl N-oxide, indolizinyl N-oxide, indazolyl N-oxide, benzothiazolyl N-oxide, benzimidazolyl N-oxide, pyrrolyl N-oxide, oxadiazolyl N-oxide, thiadiazolyl N-oxide, triazolyl N-oxide, tetrazolyl N-oxide, benzothiopyranyl S-oxide, and benzothiopyranyl S,S- dioxide, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four groups that are independently
Cχ-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and
-NR5Re ; or C2-C3 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; or halogen; -Cχ-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two, or three -F; -NR21R22; -OH; -C≡N; C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from F, Cl , OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and
-NR5Rβ; -CO-(Cχ-C4 alkyl); -S02-NR5R6; -CO-NR5Rs; or -S02-(Cχ-C4 alkyl); t each occurrence is independently morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl , homopiperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S,S- dioxide, oxazolidinonyl , dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl , dihydrofuryl , dihydropyranyl , tetrahydrothienyl S-oxide, tetrahydrothienyl S,S- dioxide, or homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide; wherein said
Ri9 group is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four groups that are independently Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and
-NR5R6; C2-C5 alkenyl or C2-C3 alkynyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from F, Cl , OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5Re; halogen; Cχ-C6 alkoxy; Cχ-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two, or three F; OH; C≡N;
-NR21R22; C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from F, Cl , OH, SH, C≡N,
CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NRSRS; -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl);
-S02-NR5R6; -CO-NR5R6,. -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); or =0;
Rxx is selected from morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homomorpholinyl S-oxide, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl where each group is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four groups that are independently Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, and halogen; or
Rz and Rd at each occurrence are independently - (CH ) 0-4-C02R2o; - (CH2)o-4-S02-NR2iR22; - (CH2) 0.4-SO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-
S02_ (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-
4-N(H or R2o )-CO-O-R20; - (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R20) -CO-N (R20) 2; -
(CH2)0-4-N-CS-N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-N ( -H or R20) -CO-R21; - (CH2) 0-4-
NR2χR22; - (CH2) 0-4-Rιι; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO- (Cχ-Ce alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0_4- O-P(O) - (OR5)2; - (CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS-N (R20) 2 ;
-(CH2)o-4-0-(R2o)2; -(CH2) 0-4-O- (R20)-CO2H; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R20) ; -
(CH2) 0-4-O- (Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five halogens); C3-C7 cycloalkyl;
- (CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R20) -S02-R2χ; or -(CH2)0-4- C3-C7 , cycloalkyl; wherein
R 0 is selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (Rι7) , C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and -(CH2)0-
Figure imgf000061_0001
or Rz and Rd at each occurrence are independently C2-C3 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with C1-C3 alkyl, F, Cl , Br, I, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, or -NR5R6; or the A ring is an aromatic hydrocarbon selected from phenyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, indanyl , dihydronaphthyl or
6, 7, 8, 9-tetrahydro-5H-benzo [a] cycloheptenyl, wherein each aromatic hydrocarbon is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four Rz and/or Rd groups which at each occurrence can be the same or different and are:
Cχ-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5RS; or - OH ; -N02 ; halogen ; -C02H ; - C≡N ; - ( CH2 ) 0- - CO-NR2χR22 ;
- (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Cχ2 alkenyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Cχ2 alkynyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3- C7 cycloalkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-CO-Rχ7; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-Rχ8; - (CH2)o-4-CO-Rχ9; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-Ru; - (CH2) 0.4-CO2R20;
- (CH2)0-4-Sθ2-NR2χR22; - (CH2) 0.4-SO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl); (CH2)0-4-SO2- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl), - (CH2) 0_4-SO2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0.4-N (H or R20) -CO2R20; - (CH2) 0.4-N (H or R2o)-CO-N(R2o)2; - (CH2) o-4-N-CS-N(R2o) 2; - (CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R20)-CO-R2ι; - (CH2) o-4-NR2ιR22 ; - (CH2) o-4'Rn; - (CH2) 0-4-
0-CO-(Cχ-C3 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-O-P (O) - (OR5) 2; -(CH2)0-4- O-CO-N(R20)2; - (CH2)o-4-0-CS-N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-O- (R20) 2;
- (CH2)o-4-0-(R20)-C02H; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R20) ; - (CH2) 0_4-O- (Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five -F) ; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; - (CH2) 0-4-
N(-H or R20) -S02-R21; -(CH2)0-4- C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or
C2-Cε alkenyl or C2-C3 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with Cχ-C3 alkyl, F, Cl , Br, I, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, or -NR5R6;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, F, OH,
SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, =0, and -NR5R6; or Ra and R and the carbon to which they are attached form a C3-C7 spirocycle which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C alkoxy, halogen, CF3, or CN; Rx is Cχ-Cχ0 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -CN, -CF3, -Cχ-C alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -N(R)C(0)R', -OC(=0) -amino and -OC (=0) -mono- or dialkylamino; or Rx is C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, OCF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino; or Rx is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, heteroaryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, or heterocycloalkyl Cχ-C6 alkyl, wherein each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0; Rx is G-L-A-E-W-, wherein
W is a bond, absent, -S-, -S(0)-, -S02-, -0-, -NH- or -N(Cχ-C4 alkyl) ;
E is a bond, absent, or Cχ-C3 alkylene;
A is absent, alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl where each aryl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three R10o groups; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R10o groups; or heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R200 groups, wherein
Rxoo at each occurrence is independently selected from N02, C≡N, Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, -N (R) CO (R' ) R, -C02-R25, -NH-C02-R2S, -0-
(C2-C3 alkyl) -C02H, -NRR' , -SR, CH20H, -C(0)-(Cχ- C6) alkyl, -C (O)NRR' , -S02NRR' , C02H, CF3 , halogen, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -OCF3, -NH2, OH, CN, halogen, and - (CH2) 0-2-O- (CH2)o-2-OH; wherein
R25 is selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, -(CH2)0-2- cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0_2-aryl , where the aryl is optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxy, Cχ-C5 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkyl, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, or di (Cχ~
C6) alkylamino, and hydrogen, and
R and R' at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2-aryl, or - (CH2) 0-2-cycloalkyl , where each aryl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxy, Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C3 alkyl, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, or di (Cx- C6) alkylamino; R2oo at each occurrence is independently selected from =0, Cχ-C3 alkyl, CF3, F, Cl , Br, I, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, OCF3, NH2, OH, and C≡N; provided that L is a bond or absent when G is absent, or L is -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S02-, -0-, -C(Rχχo) (Rχχ2)0-, -OC(Rχχo) (R112)-, -N(Rχχo)-, -CON (Ruo)-, -N(Rχχ0)CO-, -C(Rχχo) (R')-,-C(OH)Rχχo-, -SO2NR110-, -N(R110) S02- , -N(Ruo)CON(Rii2) -, N (R110) CSN (R112) - , -OC02-, -NC02-, or -OCON(Rχχo) -, wherein Rxio and R112 are independently hydrogen, Cχ-C4 alkyl,
Cχ-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cχ-C alkoxy Cχ-C alkyl or Cχ-C4 fluoroalkyl; and
G is absent or Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 groups independently selected from -C02H,
-C02(Cχ-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C6 alkoxy, -OH, -NRR' , -Cχ-C5 haloalkyl, - (Cχ-Cχ0 alkyl) -O- (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -C2-C10 alkenyl, -C -C10 alkynyl, -C4-C10 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rχoo, heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rχ0o, and Cχ-C6 alkyl ; or G is - (CH2) 0-3- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from -C02H, -C02-
(C1-C4 alkyl) , Cχ-C6 alkoxy, OH, -NH2, -Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, - (Cχ-Cχ0 alkyl) -O- (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -C2-Cχ0 alkenyl with 1 or 2 double bonds, C2-C10 alkynyl with
1 or 2 triple bonds, -C-C10 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, aryl optionally substituted with Rioo, heteroaryl optionally substituted with R10o, mono(Cχ-C6 alkyl) amino, di (Cχ-C6 alkyl) amino, and Cχ-C6 alkyl, or
G is - (CH2) 0-4-aryl, - (CH2) o- -heteroaryl , or - (CH2) 0-4- heterocycle, wherein the aryl, heteroaryl -(CH2)o-4- heterocycle, groups are optionally substituted with
1, 2, or 3 Rχoo, wherein the heterocycle group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R20o groups; or
G is -C(Rχo) (R12) -CO-NH-Rχ4 wherein
Rxo and R12 are the same or different and are selected from H, -Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) -aryl, where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R10o groups; - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) -heteroaryl where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rioo groups; - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) -heterocycle, where the heterocycle is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
R200 groups; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rχoo groups; heterocycle optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R20o groups; - (CH2) χ_ -OH, - (CH2) χ-4-Y- (CH2) χ-4-aryl where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R10o groups; -(CH2)χ-4-Y-
(CH) χ_4-heteroaryl where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R10o groups; -aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R100 groups, - heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rioo groups, and -heterocycle optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R200 groups, wherein Y is -0-, -S-, -NH-, or -NH(Cχ-C6 alkyl); and R14 is H, -Cχ-C6 alkyl, -aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rχoo groups, -heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rχoo groups, -heterocycle optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R20o groups, - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) -aryl, where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rioo groups; - (Cι-C4 alkyl) -heteroaryl where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R10o groups; - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) -heterocycle, where the heterocycle is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R20o groups, or -(CH2)o-2-0-(CH2)χ_2-OH; R2 and R3 are independently selected from -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from C1-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, - C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5Re; - (CH2) 0-4-Rι7; - (CH2) 0-4- Rie; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; - (CH2) 0- -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and - NR5RS; wherein Rs and Rs at each occurrence are independently H or Cχ-C3 alkyl; or
R5 and Rε and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring; or R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from - 0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; R15 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, Cχ-C3 alkoxy Cχ-C6 alkyl, hydroxy Cχ-C6 alkyl, halo Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C3 alkanoyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, NH2, and -R2S-R2 ; and - 26- 27; wherein
Rs is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -S02-, -C02-,
-C(0)NRs-, and -NR5C(0)-, R27 is selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, aryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein each of the above is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ\-C4 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, -NR5RS, -C(0)NR5R5. Preferred compounds of formula A-I include those wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from H; Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, -CF3, and Cχ~ C4 alkoxy; and C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; or
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from - 0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; wherein
R7 is selected from H, -Cχ-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C8 cycloalkyl); - (Cχ-C6 alkyl) -O- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkynyl; phenyl ; naphthyl ; heteroaryl ; heterocycloalkyl .
Other preferred compounds of formula A-1 include those wherein R15 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, Cχ-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cχ-C4 alkanoyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, alkyl, hydroxy, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, and NH2; and -R26-R27; wherein
R26 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -S02-, -C02-,
-C(0)NR5-, and -NR5C(0)-; and R27 is selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, and benzyl, wherein each of the above is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, halogen, halo Cχ-C4 alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, -C(0)NR5R6, or -NR5R6 ■ Still other preferred compounds of formula A-I include those wherein Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -CN, -CF3, -Cχ-C alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -N(R)C(0)R', -OC(=0) -amino and -OC (=0) -mono- or dialkylamino; or Rx is C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, 0CF3, Cχ-C alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino; or Rx is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, heteroaryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, or heterocycloalkyl Cχ-C3 alkyl; wherein each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0; and Rso at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen,
OH, SH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -C02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) , -S02-NR5R6, -NR7R8, -CO-NR5R6, -CO-NR7R8, -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-Cδ alkynyl, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NRSR6, CN, Cχ-C4 haloalkyl, Cχ-C4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C alkoxy. Other preferred compounds of A-I are those where the A-ring is benzo optionally substituted with one or two Rz or Rd groups;
R15, R2, and R3 are all hydrogen; and
T is oxygen or NH, and RN is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -NRχ_aRχ-b where
Rx-a and R_b independently represent Cχ-Ce alkyl, -C≡N, -CF3, and
Cχ-C3 alkoxy; halogen; Cχ-C3 alkoxy; -NRN.2RN_3 where RN-2 and RN_3 independently represent Cχ-C3 alkyl; and hydroxy. In these preferred compounds of A- 1, Rx is phenyl substituted with one or, preferably, two halogens, preferably, fluoro. More preferably, Rz and Ra are independently hydrogen or Cχ-C6 alkyl, even more preferably one of Rz and R is hydrogen and the other is Cχ-C3 alkyl. Rn is preferably phenyl optionally substituted with one or two independently selected halogen, Cχ-C3 alkyl or Cχ-C3 alkoxy groups.
Yet other preferred compounds of formula A- I include those of formula A-I-l, i.e., compounds of formula A-I wherein Rz and Rd are independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH,
C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; hydroxy; nitro; halogen; -C02H; cyano; and - (CH2) 0_4-CO-NR21R22; wherein
R2χ and R22 independently represent hydrogen, Cχ-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl (Cχ-C6) alkyl , amino (Cχ-C6) alkyl , haloalkyl ,
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), -
(Ci-Cg alkyl) -0- (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -C2-Ce alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, -Cχ-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, phenyl, naphthyl, heteroaryl; or
Rz and Rd are independently selected from - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-C12 alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Cχ2 alkenyl) ; CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-
Cι2) alkynyl; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO- phenyl; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-naphthyl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-heteroaryl ,•
- (CH2) o-4-CO-heterocycloalkyl; - (CH2) 0- -CO2R20; wherein
R2o is selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (phenyl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (naphthyl) , C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3- C7 cycloalkyl, and - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , or Rz and Rd are independently selected from - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-NR21R22;
- (CH2)0-4-SO-(Cχ-C8 alkyl); - (CH2) o-4-S02- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl);
- (CH2)o-4-S02- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R20 )- CO2R20; - (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R20 ) -CO-N(R2o)2; - (CH2) 0-4-N-CS- N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R20) -CO-R2χ; - (CH2) o-4-NR2χR22; - (CH2)0-4-heterocycloalkyl; - (CH2) 0- -O-CO- (Cχ-C3 alkyl) ;
- (CH2)0-4-O-P(O) -(OR5)2; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO-N (R20) 2 ; -(CH2)0- -O- CS-N(R20)2; - (CH2)o-4-0- (R20) ; - (CH2) 0-4-O- (R20) -C02H; - (CH2) 0- 4-S-(R20) ; - (CH2)o-4-0-halo(Cχ-C3) alkyl; - (CH2) 0-4-O- (Cχ~ C6)alkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and - (CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R20) -S02- R21; or
Rz and Rd are independently C2-C3 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF3, Cχ-C alkoxy, or NR5R6; wherein each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0; R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -C0-(Cχ-C4 alkyl), -C02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) , -S02-NR5R6, -NR7R8, -CO-NR5Rs, -CO-NR7R8, -S02- (Cχ-C alkyl), Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5RS, CN, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C3 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C6 alkoxy. Preferred compounds of formula A-I-l include those of formula A- II :
Figure imgf000071_0001
A-II Preferred compounds of formula A-II include those wherein
R3 and R3 are independently selected from H; Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, -CF3, and Cχ-C4 alkoxy; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6;
R5 and R6 at each occurrence are independently H or Cχ-C6 alkyl ; or R5 and R6 and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring; or R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; wherein
R7 is selected from H; -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; - (Cχ-C alkyl) -O- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; and -C2-C alkynyl .
Even more preferred compounds of formula A-II include those wherein R15 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen,
Cχ-C alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkanoyl, benzyl optionally substituted with OCH3, -C (0) -tertiary butyl, and -C02-benzyl. Still other more preferred compounds of formula A-II include those wherein Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -CN, -CF3, -Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -N(R)C(0)R', -OC(=0) -amino OC(=0)-mono- and dialkylamino; or Rx is C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C≡N,
CF3, 0CF3, Cχ-C alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino; or Rx is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, heteroaryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, or heterocycloalkyl Cχ-C6 alkyl; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0; R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -C02- (Cx- C4 alkyl) , -S02-NR5R6, -NR7R8, -CO-NR5R6, -CO- NR7R8, -S02-(Cχ-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C3 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5R6, CN, Cχ-C4 haloalkyl, Cχ-C4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C alkoxy. Other preferred compounds of A-II are those where R15, R2, and R3 are all hydrogen; and T is oxygen or NH, and RN is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -NRχ_aRχ_b where Rx_a and Rχ_b independently represent Cχ-C6 alkyl, -C≡N, -CF3, and < Cχ-C3 alkoxy; halogen; Cχ-C3 alkoxy; -NRN_2RN-3 where RN_2 and RN_3 independently represent Cχ-C6 lkyl; and hydroxy. In these preferred compounds of A-II, Rx is phenyl substituted with one or, preferably, two halogens, preferably, fluoro . More preferably, Rz and Rd are independently hydrogen or Cχ-C6 alkyl, even more preferably one of Rz and Rd is hydrogen and the other is Cχ-C3 alkyl. RN is preferably phenyl optionally substituted with one or two independently selected halogen, Cχ-C3 alkyl or Cχ-C3 alkoxy groups.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-II include those of formula A-II-1, i.e., compound of formula A-II wherein R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, -NR7R8, -S02-(Cι-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-Ce alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1,
2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ~
C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5R6, CN, Cχ-C4 haloalkyl, Cχ-C4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C4 alkoxy.
Preferred compounds of formula A-II-1 include those of formul A-III :
Figure imgf000074_0001
A-III
More preferred compounds of formula A-III include those of formula A-III-1, i.e., compounds of formula A-III wherein Rx is phenyl, phenyl Cχ-Ce alkyl, naphthyl, or naphthyl Cχ-C3 alkyl, wherein the phenyl or naphthyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups.
Still more preferred compound of formula A-III-1 include those of formula A-III-2, i.e., compound of formula A-III-1 wherein
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; wherein
R7 is H, -Cχ-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; -C2-C4 alkenyl; or -C2-C4 alkynyl.
Preferred compounds of formula A-III-2 include those of formula A-III-3, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-2 wherein R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms . Equally preferred compound of formula A-III-2 include those of formula A-III-4, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-2 compounds wherein
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 -, and -NR7-; wherein
R7 is H, -Cχ-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; -C2-C alkenyl; or -C2-C4 alkynyl.
Other equally preferred compounds of formula A-III-1 include those compounds of formula A-III-5, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-1 wherein
R2 and R3 are independently selected from H; Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, -CF3, and Cι-C4 alkoxy; C2-C6 alkenyl; and C2-C3 alkynyl.
More preferred compound of formulas A-III-3, A-III-4, and A-III-5 include those of formula A-III-6, i.e., compound of formulas A-III-3, A-III-4, and A-III-5 wherein
Ra and Rb are independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, halogen, CN, OH, hydroxyalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C3 haloalkoxy, and -Cχ-C6 alkyl-NR5Re; or Ra and Rb are attached to the same carbon and form a C3-C7 spirocycle; and R20 at each occurrence is independently H or Cχ-C alkyl. Preferred compound of formula A-III-6 include those of formula A-III-6a, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-6 wherein
Rz and Ra are independently selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH,
C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; ; hydroxy; halogen; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C3 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or NR5R6.
Other preferred compound of formula A-III-6 include those wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) o-4-CO-NR2χR22, - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-NR21R22; -(CH2)0-4-
SO- (Ci-Cβ alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-S02- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R20) -CO-O-R20; -(CH2)0-4-
N(H or R20 )-CO-N(R2o)2; - (CH2) o-4"N-CS-N (R20) 2 ; - (CH2) 0-4-N(-H or R20) -CO-R2χ; or - (CH2) o-4-NR21R22; wherein
R21 and R22 independently represent hydrogen, Cχ-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl (Cχ-C6) alkyl, amino (Cχ-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl),
- (Cι-C6 alkyl) -0- (C1-C3 alkyl), -C2-Ce alkenyl, -C2-C5 alkynyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or heteroaryl; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0. Still other preferred compound of formula A-III-6 include those wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl); CH2) 0_4-CO- (C2-Cχ2) alkynyl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-phenyl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-naphthyl ;
- (CH ) 0- -CO-heteroaryl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-heterocycloalkyl ;
- (CH2 ) o-4 -C02R20 ; where
R20 is selected from Cι-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (phenyl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (naphthyl) , C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-
C7 cycloalkyl, and - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) ; each aryl group and each heteroaryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R5o groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0. Yet still other preferred compounds of formula A-III-6 include those wherein Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO- (Cχ-C6 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-0-P (O) - (OR5)2; -(CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(R2o)2; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS-N (R20) 2 ; - (CH2) 0- 4-O- (R2o) ; - (CH2) 0-4-O- (R2o) -C02H; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R2o) ; - (CH) 0-4- O-halo(Cχ-Cs) alkyl; - (CH2) 0-4-O- (Cχ-C6) alkyl ; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or - (CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R20) -SO2-R21; wherein each aryl group and each heteroaryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 , or 5 R50 groups ; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0;
R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen,
OH, SH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -C02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) , -S02-NR5Rs, -NR7R8, -CO-NR5R6, -CO-NR7R8, -SO2- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5R6, CN, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C3 alkoxy. Other preferred compounds of formula A-III include those of formula A-III-7, i.e., compounds of formula A-III wherein
Rx is Cχ-Cχ0 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -CN,
-CF3, -Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino,
-N(R)C(0)R', -OC (=0) -amino and -OC (=0) -mono- or dialkylamino; or
Rx is C2-C3 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3,
OCF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino. More preferred compounds of formula A-III-7 include those compounds of formula A-III-8, i.e., compounds of formula A-
III -7 wherein
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; wherein
R7 is selected from H or -Cχ-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen. Preferred compounds of formula A-III-8 include those compounds of formula A-III-9, i.e., compounds of formula A-
III-8 wherein
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms. Other preferred compounds of formula A-III-8 include those compounds of formula A-III-10, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-8 wherein R2, R3, and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, and -NR7-; wherein
R7 is selected from H or -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen. Still other preferred compounds of formula A-III-8 include those compounds of formula A-III-11, i.e., compounds of formula A-III-8 wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from H; Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, or 2 substituents that are independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, -CF3, and Cχ-C4 alkoxy; C2-C6 alkenyl; and C2-C3 alkynyl. More preferred compound according to any one of formulas A-III-9, A-III-10, or A-III-11 include those of formula A-III- 12, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas of formulas A-III-9, A-III-10, or A-III-11 wherein
Ra and Rb are independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, F, OH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5RS; and R20 at each occurrence is independently H or Cχ-C4 alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula A-III -12 include those compounds wherein
Rz and Rd are independently selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; hydroxy; halogen; C2-C6 alkenyl and C2-C6 alkynyl; wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with Cχ-C alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or NR5R6.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-III-12 include those compounds wherein Rz and Ra are - (CH2) 0-4-CO-NR2χR22, - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-NR2χR22; - (CH2) 0-4-
SO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-N(H or R20 )-CO-O-R20; - (CH2) o- 4-N(H or R20 ) -CO-N(R2o)2; - (CH2) o-4-N-CS-N (R20) 2; -(CH2)0-4- N(-H or R20) -CO-R2χ; or - (CH2) o-4-NR2χR22; wherein R21 and R22 independently represent hydrogen, Cχ-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl (Cι-C6) alkyl, amino (Cχ-C3) alkyl , haloalkyl,
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cχ-C6 alkyl) -0- (Cι-C3 alkyl), -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or heteroaryl; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0.
Still other preferred compounds of formula A-III-12 include those compounds wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl); CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12) alkynyl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO-phenyl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-naphthyl ; (CH2) 0-4-CO-heteroaryl ; - (CH2) 0- -CO-heterocycloalkyl ; - (CH2)o-4-C02R2o; where
R20 is selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (phenyl) ,
- (CH2) 0-2- (naphthyl) , C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0-2-
(heterocycloalkyl) and - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) ; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0. Yet other preferred compounds of formula A- III -12 include those compounds wherein
Rz and Ra are - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO- (Cχ-C6 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-O-P (0) -
(0R5)2; -(CH2)o- -0-CO-N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS-N (R20) 2; -(CH2)0- 4-0- (R20); -(CH2)o-4-0-(R20)-C02H; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R20) ; - (CH2) 0-4-
0-halo(Ci-C6) alkyl; - (CH2) 0-4-O- (Cχ-C6) alkyl ; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or - (CH2) 0.4-N(-H or R20) -S02-R21; wherein each aryl group and each heteroaryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 , or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0;
R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -C02- (Cx-
C4 alkyl) , -S02-NR5R6, -NR7R8, -CO-NR5R6, -CO- NR7R8, -S02-(Cχ-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C3 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl ; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5R6, CN, Cχ-C3 haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C6 alkoxy. Preferred compounds of formula A-III-6a include those of formula A-IV
Figure imgf000081_0001
A- IV Preferred compounds of formula A-IV include those wherein R2 and R3 are independently H or Cχ-C alkyl.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-IV include those of formula A-IV-1, i.e., compounds of formula A-IV wherein Ra and Rb are independently H or Cχ-C3 alkyl; and Rx is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R50 groups ; and R15 at each occurrence is independently H or Cχ-C4 alkyl .
Preferred compounds of formula A-IV-1 include those of formula A-IV-2, i.e., compounds of formula A-IV-1 wherein Rx is a dihalophenyl; and R2 and R3 are independently H or Cχ-C4 alkyl .
Preferred compounds of formula A-IV-2 include compounds of formula A-V
Figure imgf000082_0001
A-V wherein hal at each occurrence is independently selected from F, Cl,
Br, and I .
More preferred compounds of formula A-V include those compounds wherein Rz is a Cχ-C4 alkyl group.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-IV-2 include compounds of formula A-VI
Figure imgf000083_0001
A-VI wherein hal at each occurrence is independently selected from F, Cl , Br, and I .
Preferred compounds of formula A-VI include those compounds wherein Rz is a Cχ-C4 alkyl group.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-IV-2 include compounds of formula A-VII
Figure imgf000083_0002
A-VI I wherein R is H .
Still other preferred compounds of formula A-IV-2 include compounds of formula A-VIII
Figure imgf000083_0003
A-VIII. Other preferred compounds of formula A-I-l include those compounds of formula A-IX, i.e., compounds of formula A-I-l wherein
Figure imgf000084_0001
is a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group. Preferred compounds of formula A-IX include compounds of formula A-IX-1, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from H; Cχ-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, -CF3, and Cχ-C4 alkoxy; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; or R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; wherein
R7 is selected from H; -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -
OH, -NH2, and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cχ-C alkyl) -0- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; and -C2-C4 alkynyl .
Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-1 include those of formula A-IX-2, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-1, wherein
R15 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkanoyl, benzyl optionally substituted with 0CH3, -C (0) -tertiary butyl, and -C0 -benzyl. Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-2 include those of formula A-IX-3, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-2, wherein Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -CN,
-CF3, -Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino,
-N(R)C(0)R', -OC(=0) -amino OC(=0)-mono- and dialkylamino; or
Rx is C2 - C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C≡N,
CF3, OCF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino; or
Rx is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl Cχ-C3 alkyl, heteroaryl Cχ-C6 alkyl, or heterocycloalkyl Cχ-C6 alkyl; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0; R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen,
OH, SH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -C02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) , -S02-NR5R6, -NR7R8, -CO-NR5R6, -CO-NR7R8, -S02- (C1-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5R6, CN, Cχ-C4 haloalkyl, Cχ-C4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C4 alkoxy. Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-3 include those of formula A-IX-4, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-3, wherein R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, -NR7R8, -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ~ C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5R6, CN, Cχ-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C4 alkoxy. Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-4 include those of formula A-IX-5, i.e., compounds of formula A-X-4, of the formula
Figure imgf000086_0001
A-IX-5 wherein
Figure imgf000086_0002
is selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl , thienyl, pyrazole, isoxazole, and pyrrolyl.
Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-5 include compounds of formula A-IX-6, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-5 wherein wherein, Rx is phenyl Cχ-C3 alkyl or naphthyl Cχ-C6 alkyl, wherein the phenyl or naphthyl group is optionally substituted with
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups.
Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-6 include compounds of formula A-IX-7, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-6 wherein
55- R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; wherein R7 is H, -Cχ-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen; -C2-C alkenyl; or -C2-C4 alkynyl.
Preferred compounds of formula A- IX- 7 include compounds of formula A-IX-8, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-7 wherein R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-7 include compounds of formula A-IX-9, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-7 wherein
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, and -NR7-; wherein
R7 is H, -Cχ-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen;
-C2-C4 alkenyl; or -C2-C4 alkynyl. Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-6 include compounds of formula A-IX-10, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-
6 wherein
R2 and R3 are independently selected from H; C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 substituent that is selected from halogen, -CF3, and Cχ-C4 alkoxy; C2-C4 alkenyl; C2-C4 alkynyl; and -C02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); and R5 and R6 are at each occurrence are independently H or Cχ-C6 alkyl ; or R5 and R6 and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
Preferred compounds of formulas A-IX-8, A-IX-9, or A-IX- 10 include those of formula A-IX-11, i.e., compounds of formulas A-IX-8, A-IX-9, or A-IX-10 wherein Ra and Rb are independently selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl , Cχ-C6 alkoxy, halogen, CN, OH, hydroxyalkyl , Cχ-C6 haloalkyl , Cι-C6 haloalkoxy, and -Cχ-C6 alkyl -NR5R6 ; or Ra and Rb are attached to the same carbon and form a C3-C7 spirocycle ; and
R20 at each occurrence is independently H or Cχ-C4 alkyl .
Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-11 include those wherein
Rz and Rd are independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH,
C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; hydroxy; halogen; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF3,
Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or NR5R6. Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-11 include those wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-CO-NR2χR22, - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-NR21R22; -(CH2)0-4- SO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-
(C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-N(H or R20) -CO-O-R20; -(CH2)0-4-
N(H or R20 ) -CO-N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-N-CS-N (R20) 2; - (CH2) 0.4-N ( -H or R20) -CO-R21; or - (CH2) 0-4-NR21R22; wherein
R21 and R22 independently represent hydrogen, Cχ-C3 alkyl, hydroxyl (Cχ-C6) alkyl, amino (Cχ-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl,
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cχ-C6 alkyl) -0- (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -C2-C3 alkenyl, -C2-Ce alkynyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or heteroaryl; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R5o or =0. Still other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-11 include those wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Cχ2 alkenyl); CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Cχ2) alkynyl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO-phenyl ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-naphthyl ; (CH2) o-4-CO-heteroaryl; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-heterocycloalkyl ; (CH2)o-4-Cθ2R60; where
R6o is selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (phenyl) ,
(CH2) 0-2- (naphthyl) , C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-CG alkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (heterocycloalkyl) and -(CH2)0-2- (heteroaryl) ; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0. Yet still other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-11 include those wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO- (Cχ-C6 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-O-P (O) - (OR5)2; - (CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS-N (R20) 2 ; -(CH2)0- 4-0- (R20); -(CH2)o-4-0-(R2o)-C02H; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R20) ; -(CH2)0-4- O-halo(Cχ-Cs) alkyl; - (CH2) 0.4-O- (Cχ-C6) alkyl ; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or - (CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R20) -SO2-R21; wherein each aryl group and each heteroaryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3,
4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0; R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl ) , -C02- (Cx-
C4 alkyl ) , - S02 -NR5R6 , -NR7R8 , -CO-NR5R6 , -CO-
NR7R8 , - S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl ) , Cχ- C6 alkyl , C2 -C3 alkenyl , C2 -C6 alkynyl , Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3 -C8 cycloalkyl ; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, -NR5RS, CN, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C6 alkoxy.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-5 include those of formula A-IX-12, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-5, wherein
Rx is Cχ-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -CN,
-CF3, -Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino,
-N(R)C(0)R', -OC(=0) -amino and -OC (=0) -mono- or dialkylamino; or
Rx is C -C3 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, OCF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino. Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-12, include those of formula A-IX-13, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-12 wherein R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR7-; wherein
R7 is selected from H or -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen.
19- Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-13, include those of formula A-IX-14, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-13 wherein R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru six carbon atoms. Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-13, include those of formula A-IX-15, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-13 wherein
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and one group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, and -NR7-; wherein
R7 is selected from H and -Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 group selected from -OH, -NH2, and halogen.
Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-13, include those of formula A-IX-16, i.e., compounds of formula A-IX-13 wherein
R2 and R3 are independently selected from H; Cχ-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 substituent that is selected from halogen, -CF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy; C2-C4 alkenyl; and C2-C4 alkynyl; and
R5 and Rs are at each occurrence are independently -H or Cχ-C6 alkyl ; or R5 and R6 and the nitrogen to which they are attached, at each occurrence form a 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring. Preferred compounds of formulas A-IX-14, A-IX-15, A-IX-16 include compounds of formula A-IX-17, i.e., compounds of formulas A-IX-14, A-IX-15, A-IX-16 wherein
Ra and Rb are independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, F, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C5 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; and R15 at each occurrence is independently H or Cχ-C4 alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula A-IX-17, include those compounds wherein
Rz and Rd are independently selected from Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and -NR5R6; hydroxy; halogen; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF3,
Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or NR5R6. Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-17, include those compounds wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-CO-NR21R22, - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-NR2χR22; -(CH2)0-4- SO- (Ci-Cβ alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (Cχ-C12 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-
(C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-N(H or R20 ) -CO2R20; -(CH2)0-4-
N(H or R20 )-CO-N(R20)2; - (CH2) 0-4-N-CS-N (R20) 2 ; - (CH2) 0-4-N(-H or R20)-CO-R21; or - (CH2) 0-4-NR2χR22; wherein
R2χ and R22 independently represent hydrogen, Cχ-Ce alkyl, hydroxyl (Cχ-C6) alkyl, amino (Cχ-C6) alkyl , haloalkyl,
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -0- (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C3 alkynyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or heteroaryl; each aryl group and each heteroaryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3,
4, or 5 R5o groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0. Still other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-17, include those compounds wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-Cχ2 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl); CH2) 0.4-CO- (C2-Cχ2) alkynyl ; - (CH2) 0.4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO-phenyl ; - (CH2) 0- -CO-naphthyl ; - (CH2) o-4-CO-heteroaryl; - (CH2) o-4-CO-heterocycloalkyl ; - (CH2) o-4-C02R20; where R20 is selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (phenyl) ,
(CH2) 0-2- (naphthyl) , C2-Ce alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (heterocycloalkyl) and -(CH2)0-2- (heteroaryl) ; each aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heteroaryl at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0. Yet still other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-17, include those compounds wherein
Rz and Rd are - (CH2) 0_4-O-CO- (Cχ-C6 alkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-O-P (0) - (OR5)2; -(CH2)0-4-0-CO-N(R2o)2; - (CH2) 0-4-0-CS-N (R20) 2 ; -(CH2)0. 4-0- (R2o) ,' - (CH2) 0-4-O- (R20) -C02H; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R2o) ," - (CH2) 0-4- 0-halo(Cχ-C6) alkyl; - (CH2) 0_4-O- (Cχ-C6) alkyl ; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or - (CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R2o) -S02-R21; wherein each aryl group and each heteroaryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; each heterocycloalkyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently R50 or =0;
R50 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, CN, -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl), -C02- (Cχ~ C4 alkyl) , -S02-NR5RS, -NR7R8, -CO-NR5R6, -C0-
NR7R8 , -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl ) , Cχ-Cε alkyl , C2-C6 alkenyl , C2-C6 alkynyl , Cχ-C6 alkoxy, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl ; wherein the alkyl , alkenyl , alkynyl , alkoxy, or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C4 alkyl , halogen, OH, SH , -NR5R6 , CN, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C3 haloalkoxy, phenyl, NR7R8, and Cχ-C6 alkoxy. Other preferred compounds of formula A-IX-4 include those of formula A-X
Figure imgf000094_0001
A-X Preferred compounds of formula A-X include compounds of formula A-X-l, i.e., compounds of formula A-X wherein Rx is phenyl Cχ-C6 alkyl or naphthyl Cχ-C6 alkyl, wherein the phenyl or naphthyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R50 groups; and R2 and R3 are independently H or Cχ-C alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula A-X-l include compounds of formula A-X-2, i.e., compounds of formula A-X-l wherein Ra and Rb are independently H or Cχ-C4 alkyl; or
Ra and Rb are attached to the same carbon and form a C3-C3 carbocycle; Rx is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R50 groups ; and R20 at each occurrence is independently H or Cχ-C alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula A-X-2 include compounds of formula A-X-3, i.e., compounds of formula A-X-2 wherein Rx is a dihalophenyl.
Preferred compounds according to any one of formulas A- IX-5, A-X or A-X-3 include compounds of formula A-X-4, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas A-IX-5, A-X or A-X- 3 having the following structure,
Figure imgf000095_0001
A-X-4 wherein
J at each occurrence is independently selected from N or CRz, wherein
Rz at each occurrence is independently selected from Cι-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and NRSRS; hydroxy; halogen; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or NR5R6; provided that at least two Js are CRz.
Other preferred compounds according to any one of formulas A-IX-5, A-X or A-X-3 include compounds of formula A- X-5, i.e., compounds according to any one of formulas A-IX-5, A-X or A-X-3 having the following structure,
Figure imgf000095_0002
A-X-5 wherein
— represents a single or double bond, provided that only one of the dashed bonds is a double bond; J is selected from N, S, O, and CRz, wherein Rz at each occurrence is independently selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, OH, SH, C≡N, CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and NR5R6; hydroxy; halogen; C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, wherein the alkenyl or alkynyl group is optionally substituted with Cχ-C4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, SH, cyano, CF3, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or NRSR6; provided that at least one J is CRz.
Other preferred compounds include those compounds according to any one of embodiments A- I to A-X-5, wherein T is oxygen, NH, N-methyl, or N-ethyl. Still other preferred compounds include those compounds according to any one of embodiments A-I to A-X-5, wherein R5 and R6 at each occurrence are independently H or Cχ-C4 alkyl. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of preparing compounds of formula. In another aspect, the invention provides intermediates that are useful in the preparation of the compounds of interest .
In other aspects of Formula I, Rc is tetralinyl, indanyl , chromanyl, isochromanyl or a cylic or bi-cyclic sulfonyl, or an optionally substituted derivative thereof. Optional substitutents include, for example, Cχ_6 alkyl, Cχ-6 haloalkyl, C4-7 cycloalkyl, -OH, -NH2 or a halogen (e.g., F, Br, I, Cl) . Generally speaking, Rc may be attached at any point on the tetraline, indane or cyclic or bi-cyclic sulfone ring system, provide that the valancy requirements for the atom of the ring system at the point of attachment are satisfied.
In a futher preferred aspect of Formula I, X is
-N(R20) -C (=0) - or -O- (C=0) - . In another preferred embodiment of formula I, X is -N (R20) -C (=0) - or -0-(C=0)-, and Rc is tetralinyl, indanyl , chromanyl, isochromanyl or a cylic or bicyclic sulfonyl group, or an optionally substituted derivative thereof. Optional substitutents include, for example, Cχ-6 alkyl, Cχ_6 haloalkyl, C4.7 cycloalkyl, -OH, -NH2 or a halogen (e.g., F, Br, I, Cl) . Generally speaking, Rc may be attached at any point on the tetraline, indane or cyclic or bi-cyclic sulfone ring system, provide that the valancy requirements for the atom of the ring system at the point of attachment are satisfied. In another preferred embodiment of formula I, X is - (C=0) - and T is NR20 or O.
In a further preferred embodiment of formula I, X is - (C=0) - and T is 0.
In a yet further preferred embodiment of formula I, X is - (C=0) - and T is -N-H.
With respect to Rc, aromatic rings, which are also referred to herein as aryl or aryl rings, are preferably those unsaturated carbocylic rings that have a particularly stable electronic configuration owing to resonance (delocalization) of the pi-bond electrons in their structure. Those carbon-only rings having a delocalized (4n+2) pi-electron system (this predictor is known as Hύckel's rule of 4n + 2 , where n is 0 or an integer) in a planar or substantially planar ring system. Thus, by way of non-limiting example, benzene, naphthalene and azulene are aromatic rings, as are phenanthrene and anthracene. For further discussion of aromaticity see, for example, Fessenden R J, and Fessenden J S, 1990 Organic Chemistry, 4th ed. , Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, Pacific Grove, California. For the purposes of the present invention this definition excludes charged aromatic compounds such as cyclopentadienyl anion and cyclopropyl cation. Preferred rings sizes are: 6 atoms for a monocyclic aromatic ring ; 10 for a bicyclic ring and 14 for a tricyclic aromatic ring system. With respect to Rc, heteroaromatic rings, which are also referred to herein as heteroaryl or heteroaryl rings, are preferably those ring systems that consist of carbon and at least one heteratom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Heteroaromatics are formally derived from aryl rings by replacement of one or more methine (-C=) and/or vinylene (- CH=CH-) groups by trivalent or divalent heteroatoms, respectively, in such a way as to maintain the continuous pi- electron system characteristic of aromatic systems and a number of out-of-plane pi-electrons corresponding to the Hϋckel rule (4n + 2) . For further discussion of heteroaromaticity see: Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, Vol. 1, Ed. O. Meth-Cohn, Pergamon, 1984, p. 3 et seq. Thus, owing to the contribution of out-of-plane pi-electrons, not only are pyridine and pryimidine heteroaryl rings, but also furan, pyrrole, thiophene and imidazole. Examples of multi- ring heteroaryls are those ring systems that contain at least one heteratom in each ring. Thus, by way of non-limiting example, napthyridine, indolizine, thiazole, isoxazole, pteridine, pyrazolo [1 , 5-a] pyrimidine and thieno [2 , 3-b] furan are all muticyclic heteroaryl compounds. N-oxides of nitrogen containing heteroaromatics are also contemplated by this definition. Preferred rings sizes are: 5 to 6 atoms for a monocyclic heteroaryl; 8 to 10 for a bicyclic ring and 11 to 14 for a tricyclic ring system.
With respect to Rc, cycloakyl rings, also referred to herein as σarbocyles or carbocyclic rings, are preferably those carbon-only containing rings that may contain one to three rings in the cyclic system. These cycloalkyl rings may be saturated or unsaturated, but may not contain a 4n+2 delocalized pi-electron system as described above. Preferred rings sizes are: 5 to 8 carbon atoms for a monocyclic cycloalkyl; 6 to 11 for a bicyclic ring and 8 to 15 for a tricyclic ring system. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl are cyclohexane, cylcohexene, cyclopentadiene, decalin, quinone, norbornene, 2 , 3 , 6, 7-tetrahydrofluorene and [2.2.2] bicyclo- octane
With respect to Rc, heterocyclic rings, also referred to herein as heterocyles or heterocyclics, are preferably those ring systems that contain carbon and at least one heteroatom chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur within the ring chain and which may contain one to three rings in the cyclic system, provided that each of the fused rings contains at least one heteroatom. These heterocycles rings may be saturated or unsaturated, but may not contain a 4n+2 delocalized pi- electron system as described above in the definition of heteroaromatic rings. Preferred rings sizes are: 5 to 8 atoms for a monocyclic heterocycle; 6 to 11 for a bicyclic ring and 8 to 15 for a tricyclic heterocyclic ring system. Non-limiting examples of heterocyclics are pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, thiazoline, thiazolidine, 2,3,8,9- tetrahydropurine, piperazine, 2 , 3 , or 4-pyridone, 5-thia-l- azabicyclo [4.2.0] oct-2-ene, and 1-azabicyclo [2.2.2] octane . Also within the scope of this definition are N-oxides, sulfoxides and sulfones formed from the ring nitrogen or sulfur.
With respect to Rc, aromatic, heteroaromatic, cycloalkyl and heterocyclic rings may be fused to one another to form fused ring systems, provided that fusion of the rings does not result in a structure that exceeds the valence of each of the constituent ring atoms (such as tertiary oxygen) and further does not result in a charged ring atom or delocalized charged species, such as a quaternary ring nitrogen. Non-limiting examples of such combinations are: quinoline (formed by fusion of aromatic and heteroaromatic rings) ; indane (formed by fusion of aromatic and cycloalkyl rings); 3,4- dihydroquinazoline (formed by fusion of an aromatic and a heterocyclic ring) and hexahydro-indole (formed by fusion of heterocyclic and carbocyclic rings) . Additionally, fused tricyclic rings formed by several types of rings are contemplated, for example: phenothizaine (formed by combination of two aromatic and one heterocyclic rings) .
In yet another preferred embodiment, the invention encompasseses intermediates of having the formula:
Figure imgf000100_0001
where Rc is as defined above for formula IA. In a preferred aspect of the intermediates of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000100_0002
The invention encompasses a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula I or IA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, wherein X, T, R20, Rx, R2, R3, N and Rc are as defined as above.
Preferably, the patient is a human. More preferably, the disease is Alzheimer's disease. More preferably, the disease is dementia.
The invention includes methods for making compounds of formula I and IA.
The compounds of formula I and IA are made by methods well known to those skilled in the art from starting compounds known to those skilled in the art. The process chemistry is well known to those skilled in the art. The most general process to prepare compounds of formula I and IA of the invention is set forth in Scheme 1. One skilled in the art will appreciate that these are all wellknown reactions in organic chemistry. A chemist skilled in the art, knowing the chemical structure of the biologically end product of formula I and IA of the invention would be able to prepare them by known methods from known starting materials without any additional information. The explanation below therefore is not necessary but is deemed helpful to those skilled in the art who desire to make the compounds of the invention. Scheme I sets forth a general method used in the invention to prepare the appropriate compounds of formula (I) . All reactions were run in 4-ml vials. 0.07 mmol of the starting amine is placed in each reaction vial. Next, 0.28 mmol (4 equiv.) of diisopropylethylamine is added in each vial. 0.077 mmol (1.1 equiv.) of each isocyanate or chloroformate is then added into the reaction vial. Finally, the starting reagents are dissolved in 1.5 ml of dichloromethane . Each reaction was run overnight at room temperature. LC/MS analysis for each reaction was performed via an Agilent 1100 HPLC, utilizing a Thermo-Hypersil C18 50x3 mm 5 micron column, coupled to a Thermo-Finnigan LCQ MS. Final purification of each product was performed via a Varian Pro Star Preparative HPLC utilizing a Phenomenex C18 60x21.2 mm 5 micron column.
Scheme I
-NCO, R-OCCI, DIEA,CH.CI,
Overnight @ RT
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000102_0002
Alternatively, scheme II sets forth a general method to prepare appropriate compounds of formula (I) . A protected amine is reacted with phosgene or phosgene equivalent such as triphosgene to generate an isocyanate that is subsequently reacted with an appropriate nucleophile. Finally, removal of the protecting group and purification by preparative HPLC will provide amines of formula (I) .
Scheme II
Figure imgf000102_0003
When an amino protecting group is used when preparing the inventive compounds, but no longer needed, it is removed by methods well known to those skilled in the art. By definition the amino protecting group must be readily removable as is known to those skilled in the art by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Suitable amino protecting group is selected from the group consisting of t-butoxycarbonyl , benzyloxycarbonyl , formyl, trityl, acetyl , trichloroacetyl, dichloroacetyl, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl , difluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl , 4 -phenylbenzyloxycarbonyl , 2- methylbenzyloxycarbonyl , 4-ethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl , 4- fluorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 4-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 3- chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 2,4- dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3- bromobenzyloxycarbonyl , 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl , 4- cyanobenzyloxycarbonyl , 2- (4-xenyl) isopropoxycarbonyl , 1,1- diphenyleth-1-yloxycarbonyl , 1, 1-diphenylprop-l-yloxycarbonyl, 2-phenylprop-2-yloxycarbonyl, 2 - (p-toluyl) prop-2- yloxycarbonyl , cyclopentanyloxycarbonyl , 1- methylcyclopentanyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexanyloxycarbonyl , 1- methylcyclohexanyloxycabonyl , 2-methylcyclohexanyloxycarbonyl , 2- (4-toluylsulfonyl) ethoxycarbonyl, 2- (methylsulfonyl) ethoxycarbonyl, 2-
(triphenylphosphino) ethoxycarbonyl , fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl ,
2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 1-
(trimethylsilylmethyl) prop-1-enyloxycarbonyl , 5- benzisoxalylmethoxycarbonyl, 4-acetoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2 , 2 , 2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethynyl-2-propoxycarbonyl , cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl , 4- (decyloxyl) benzyloxycarbonyl , isobornyloxycarbonyl and 1-piperidyloxycarbonyl , 9- fluorenylmethyl carbonate, -CH-CH=CH2 and phenyl-C(=N-) -H. Suitable means for removal of the amine-protecting group depends on the nature of the protecting group. Those skilled in the art, knowing the nature of a specific protecting group, know which reagent is preferable for its removal . For example, it is preferred to remove the preferred protecting group, BOC, by dissolving the protected material in a trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane mixture.
Certain transformations can be carried out to generate desired Rc groups after the RN group is placed in the molecule. Further, certain of these transformations can be carried out after the protecting group P is removed.
The compounds of the invention may contain geometric or optical isomers as well as tautomers . Thus, the invention includes all tautomers and pure geometric isomers, such as the E and Z geometric isomers, as well as mixtures thereof. Futhermore, the invention includes pure enantiomers and diasteriomers as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures. The individual geometric isomers, enantiomers, or diasteriomers may be prepared or isolated by methods known in the art.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are any salt which retains the activity of the parent compound and does not impart any deleterious or undesirable effect on the subject to whom it is administered and in the context in which it is administered. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of both inorganic and organic acids . The preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of the following acids acetic, aspartic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, bisulfuric, bitartaric, butyric, calcium edetate, camsylic, carbonic, chlorobenzoic, citric, edetic, edisylic, estolic, esyl, esylic, formic, fumaric, gluceptic, gluconic, glutamic, glycollylarsanilic, hexamic, hexylresorcinoic, hydrabamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, hydroiodic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, aleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, methylnitric, methylsulfuric, mucic, muconic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, p- nitromethanesulfonic, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, monohydrogen phosphoric, dihydrogen phosphoric, phthalic, polygalactouronic, propionic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, succinic, sulfamic, sulfanilic, sulfonic, sulfuric, tannic, tartaric, teoclic and toluenesulfonic . For other acceptable salts, see Int . J. Pharm . , 33, 201-217 (1986) and J. Pharm . Sci . , 66(1), 1, (1977). The invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase enzyme activity and A beta peptide production. Inhibition of beta-secretase enzyme activity halts or reduces the production of A beta from APP and reduces or eliminates the formation of beta-amyloid deposits in the brain.
Methods of the Invention
The compounds of the invention, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for treating humans or animals suffering from a condition characterized by a pathological form of beta-amyloid peptide, such as beta- amyloid plaques, and for helping to prevent or delay the onset of such a condition. For example, the compounds are useful for treating Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobal hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type Alzheimer's disease. The compounds and compositions of the invention are particularly useful for treating or preventing Alzheimer's disease. When treating or preventing these diseases, the compounds of the invention can either be used individually or in combination, as is best for the patient .
As used herein, the term "treating" means that the compounds of the invention can be used in humans with at least a tentative diagnosis of disease. The compounds of the invention will delay or slow the progression of the disease thereby giving the individual a more useful life span.
The term "preventing" means that the compounds of the invention are useful when administered to a patient who has not been diagnosed as possibly having the disease at the time of administration, but who would normally be expected to develop the disease or be at increased risk for the disease. The compounds of the invention will slow the development of disease symptoms, delay the onset of the disease, or prevent the individual from developing the disease at all . Preventing also includes administration of the compounds of the invention to those individuals thought to be predisposed to the disease due to age, familial history, genetic or chromosomal abnormalities, and/or due to the presence of one or more biological markers for the disease, such as a known genetic mutation of APP or APP cleavage products in brain tissues or fluids .
In treating or preventing the above diseases, the compounds of the invention are administered in a therapeutically effective amount. The therapeutically effective amount will vary depending on the particular compound used and the route of administration, as is known to those skilled in the art .
In treating a patient displaying any of the diagnosed above conditions a physician may administer a compound of the invention immediately and continue administration indefinitely, as needed. In treating patients who are not diagnosed as having Alzheimer's disease, but who are believed to be at substantial risk for Alzheimer's disease, the physician should preferably start treatment when the patient first experiences early pre-Alzheimer ' s symptoms such as, memory or cognitive problems associated with aging. In addition, there are some patients who may be determined to be at risk for developing Alzheimer's through the detection of a genetic marker such as APOE4 or other biological indicators that are predictive for Alzheimer's disease. In these situations, even though the patient does not have symptoms of the disease, administration of the compounds of the invention may be started before symptoms appear, and treatment may be continued indefinitely to prevent or delay the outset of the disease .
Dosage Forms and Amounts
The compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally, (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those of skill in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention.
Compositions are provided that contain therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of the invention. The compounds are preferably formulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenternal administration. Typically the compounds described above are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques and procedures well known in the art.
About 1 to 500 mg of a compound or mixture of compounds of the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt or ester is compounded with a physiologically acceptable vehicle, carrier, excipient, binder, preservative, stabilizer, flavor, etc., in a unit dosage form as called for by accepted pharmaceutical practice. The amount of active substance in those compositions or preparations is such that a suitable dosage in the range indicated is obtained. The compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 2 to about 100 mg, more preferably about 10 to about 30 mg of the active ingredient. The term "unit dosage from" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient .
To prepare compositions, one or more compounds of the invention are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Upon mixing or addition of the compound (s), the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion, or the like. Liposomal suspensions may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for lessening or ameliorating at least one symptom of the disease, disorder, or condition treated and may be empirically determined.
Pharmaceutical carriers or vehicles suitable for administration of the compounds provided herein include any such carriers known to those skilled in the art to be suitable for the particular mode of administration. In addition, the active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, or have another action. The compounds may be formulated as the sole pharmaceutically active ingredient in the composition or may be combined with other active ingredients.
Where the compounds exhibit insufficient solubility, methods for solubilizing may be used. Such methods are known and include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) , using surfactants such as Tween®, and dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Derivatives of the compounds, such as salts or prodrugs may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions. The concentration of the compound is effective for delivery of an amount upon administration that lessens or ameliorates at least one symptom of the disorder for which the compound is administered. Typically, the compositions are formulated for single dosage administration. The compounds of the invention may be prepared with carriers that protect them against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings. Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, microencapsulated delivery systems. The active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount sufficient to exert a therapeutically useful effect in the absence of undesirable side effects on the patient treated. The therapeutically effective concentration may be determined empirically by testing the compounds in known in vi tro and in vivo model systems for the treated disorder.
The compounds and compositions of the invention can be enclosed in multiple or single dose containers. The enclosed compounds and compositions can be provided in kits, for example, including component parts that can be assembled for use. For example, a compound inhibitor in lyophilized form and a suitable diluent may be provided as separated components for combination prior to use. A kit may include a compound inhibitor and a second therapeutic agent for co- administration. The inhibitor and second therapeutic agent may be provided as separate component parts . A kit may include a plurality of containers, each container holding one or more unit dose of the compound of the invention. The containers are preferably adapted for the desired mode of administration, including, but not limited to tablets, gel capsules, sustained-release capsules, and the like for oral administration; depot products, pre-filled syringes, ampules, vials, and the like for parenternal administration; and patches, medipads, creams, and the like for topical administration.
The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the active compound, the dosage schedule, and amount administered as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art .
The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment is a function of the disease being treated and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vi tro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions.
If oral administration is desired, the compound should be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach. For example, the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine. The composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier and may be compressed into tablets or enclosed in gelatin capsules . For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound or compounds can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules, or troches. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents and adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches, and the like can contain any of the following ingredients or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as, but not limited to, gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin; an excipient such as microcrystalline cellulose, starch, or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, alginic acid and corn starch; a lubricant such as, but not limited to, magnesium stearate; a gildant, such as, but not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; and a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or fruit flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil . In addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials, which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents. The compounds can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings, and flavors. The active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action.
Solutions or suspensions used for parenternal, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include any of the following components : a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, a naturally occurring vegetable oil such as sesame oil, coconut oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, and the like, or a synthetic fatty vehicle such as ethyl oleate, and the like, polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents such as benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens ; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) ; buffers such as acetates, citrates, and phosphates; and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride and dextrose. Parenternal preparations can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes, or multiple dose vials made of glass, plastic, or other suitable material. Buffers, preservatives, antioxidants, and the like can be incorporated as required.
Where administered intravenously, suitable carriers include physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, polypropyleneglycol, and mixtures thereof. Liposomal suspensions including tissue- targeted liposomes may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
The active compounds may be prepared with carriers that protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings. Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers such as collagen, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid, and the like. Methods for preparation of such formulations are known to those skilled in the art .
The compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo-SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those skilled in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention.
Compounds of the invention may be administered enterally or parenterally. When administered orally, compounds of the invention can be administered in usual dosage forms for oral administration as is well known to those skilled in the art. These dosage forms include the usual solid unit dosage forms of tablets and capsules as well as liquid dosage forms such as solutions, suspensions, and elixirs. When the solid dosage forms are used, it is preferred that they be of the sustained release type so that the compounds of the invention need to be administered only once or twice daily.
The oral dosage forms are administered to the patient 1, 2, 3, or 4 times daily. It is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered either three or fewer times, more preferably once or twice daily. Hence, it is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered in oral dosage form. It is preferred that whatever oral dosage form is used, that it be designed so as to protect the compounds of the invention from the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric coated tablets are well known to those skilled in the art. In addition, capsules filled with small spheres each coated to protect from the acidic stomach, are also well known to those skilled in the art. In an embodiment, this method of treatment can employ therapeutically effective amounts: for oral administration from about 0.1 mg/day to about 3,000, preferably about 1,000 mg/day; for parenteral, sublingual, intranasal, intrathecal administration from about 0.5 to about 500 mg/day, preferably about 100 mg/day; for depo administration and implants from about 0.5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day; for topical administration from about 0.5 mg/day to about 200 mg/day; for rectal administration from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg.It is understood that while a patient may be started at one dose, that dose may be varied over time as the patient's condition changes .
Compounds of the invention may also be advantageously delivered in a nano crystal dispersion formulation. Preparation of such formulations is described, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,145,684. Nano crystalline dispersions of HIV protease inhibitors and their method of use are described in US 6,045,829. The nano crystalline formulations typically afford greater bioavailability of drug compounds. The compounds of the invention can be administered parenterally, for example, by IV, IM, depo-IM, SC, or depo-SC. When administered parenterally, a therapeutically effective amount of about 0.5 to about 100 mg/day, preferably from about 5 to about 50 mg daily should be delivered. When a depot formulation is used for injection once a month or once every two weeks, the dose should be about 0.5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day, or a monthly dose of from about 15 mg to about 1,500 mg. In part because of the forgetfulness of the patients with Alzheimer's disease, it is preferred that the parenteral dosage form be a depo formulation.
The compounds of the invention can be administered sublingually. When given sublingually, the compounds of the invention should be given one to four times daily in the amounts described above for IM administration. The compounds of the invention can be administered intranasally. When given by this route, the appropriate dosage forms are a nasal spray or dry powder, as is known to those skilled in the art. The dosage of the compounds of the invention for intranasal administration is the amount described above for IM administration.
The compounds of the invention can be administered intrathecally. When given by this route the appropriate dosage form can be a parenternal dosage form as is known to those skilled in the art. The dosage of the compounds of the invention for intrathecal administration is the amount described above for IM administration.
The compounds of the invention can be administered topically. When given by this route, the appropriate dosage form is a cream, ointment, or patch. Because of the amount of the compounds of the invention to be administered, the patch is preferred. When administered topically, the dosage is from about 0.5 mg/day to about 200 mg/day. Because the amount that can be delivered by a patch is limited, two or more patches may be used. The number and size of the patch is not important, what is important is that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the invention be delivered as is known to those skilled in the art. The compounds of the invention can be administered rectally by suppository as is known to those skilled in the art. When administered by suppository, the therapeutically effective amount is from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg.
The compounds of the invention can be administered by implants as is known to those skilled in the art. When administering a compound of the invention by implant, the therapeutically effective amount is the amount described above for depot administration.
The invention here is the new compounds of the invention and new methods of using the compounds of the invention. Given a particular compound of the invention and a desired dosage form, one skilled in the art would know how to prepare and administer the appropriate dosage form.
The compounds of the invention are used in the same manner, by the same routes of administration, using the same pharmaceutical dosage forms, and at the same dosing schedule as described above, for preventing disease or treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating or preventing Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease.
The compounds of the invention can be used in combination, with each other or with other therapeutic agents or approaches used to treat or prevent the conditions listed above. Such agents or approaches include: acetylcholine esterase inhibitors such as tacrine (tetrahydroaminoacridine, marketed as COGNEX®) , donepezil hydrochloride, (marketed as Aricept® and rivastigmine (marketed as Exelon®) ; gamma- secretase inhibitors; anti-inflammatory agents such as cyclooxygenase II inhibitors; anti-oxidants such as Vitamin E and ginkolides; immunological approaches, such as, for example, immunization with A beta peptide or administration of anti-A beta peptide antibodies; statins; and direct or indirect neurotropic agents such as Cerebrolysin® , AIT-082 (Emilieu, 2000, Arch . Neurol . 57:454), and other neurotropic agents of the future.
It should be apparent to one skilled in the art that the exact dosage and frequency of administration will depend on the particular compounds of the invention administered, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, general physical condition of the particular patient, and other medication the individual may be taking as is well known to administering physicians who are skilled in this art. Inhibition of APP Cleavage
The compounds of the invention inhibit cleavage of APP between Met595 and Asp596 numbered for the APP695 isoform, or a mutant thereof, or at a corresponding site of a different isoform, such as APP751 or APP770, or a mutant thereof
(sometimes referred to as the "beta secretase site"). While not wishing to be bound by a particular theory, inhibition of beta-secretase activity is thought to inhibit production of beta amyloid peptide (A beta) . Inhibitory activity is demonstrated in one of a variety of inhibition assays, whereby cleavage of an APP substrate in the presence of a beta- secretase enzyme is analyzed in the presence of the inhibitory compound, under conditions normally sufficient to result in cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site. Reduction of APP cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site compared with an untreated or inactive control is correlated with inhibitory activity. Assay systems that can be used to demonstrate efficacy of the compound inhibitors of the invention are known. Representative assay systems are described, for example, in U.S. Patents No. 5,942,400, 5,744,346, as well as in the Examples below.
The enzymatic activity of beta-secretase and the production of A beta can be analyzed in vi tro or in vivo, using natural, mutated, and/or synthetic APP substrates, natural, mutated, and/or synthetic enzyme, and the test compound. The analysis may involve primary or secondary cells expressing native, mutant, and/or synthetic APP and enzyme, animal models expressing native APP and enzyme, or may utilize transgenic animal models expressing the substrate and enzyme. Detection of enzymatic activity can be by analysis of one or more of the cleavage products, for example, by immunoassay, fluro etric or chromogenic assay, HPLC, or other means of detection. Inhibitory compounds are determined as those having the ability to decrease the amount of beta-secretase cleavage product produced in comparison to a control, where beta-secretase mediated cleavage in the reaction system is observed and measured in the absence of inhibitory compounds . Beta-secretase Various forms of beta-secretase enzyme are known, and are available and useful for assay of enzyme activity and inhibition of enzyme activity. These include native, recombinant, and synthetic forms of the enzyme. Human beta- secretase is known as Beta Site APP Cleaving Enzyme (BACE) , Asp2 , and memapsin 2, and has been characterized, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,744,346 and published PCT patent applications W098/22597, WO00/03819, WO01/23533, and WO00/17369, as well as in literature publications (Hussain et.al., 1999, Mol . Cell .Neurosci . 14:419-427; Vassar et . al . , 1999, Science 286:735-741; Yan et.al., 1999, Nature 402:533- 537; Sinha et.al., 1999, Nature 40:537-540; and Lin et.al., 2000, PNAS USA 97:1456-1460). Synthetic forms of the enzyme have also been described (W098/22597 and WO00/17369) . Beta- secretase can be extracted and purified from human brain tissue and can be produced in cells, for example mammalian cells expressing recombinant enzyme.
Preferred compounds are effective to inhibit 50% of beta- secretase enzymatic activity at a concentration of less than about 50 micromolar, preferably at a concentration of less than about 10 micromolar, more preferably less than about 1 icromolar, and most preferably less than about 10 nanomolar. APP Substrate
Assays that demonstrate inhibition of beta-secretase- mediated cleavage of APP can utilize any of the known forms of APP, including the 695 amino acid "normal" isotype described by Kang et.al., 1987, Nature 325:733-6, the 770 amino acid isotype described by Kitaguchi et . al . , 1981, Nature 331:530- 532, and variants such as the Swedish Mutation (KM670-1NL) (APP-SW) , the London Mutation (V7176F) , and others. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,766,846 and also Hardy, 1992, Nature Genet . 1:233-234, for a review of known variant mutations. Additional useful substrates include the dibasic amino acid modification, APP-KK disclosed, for example, in WO 00/17369, fragments of APP, and synthetic peptides containing the beta-secretase cleavage site, wild type (WT) or mutated form, e.g., SW, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400 and WO00/03819.
The APP substrate contains the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP (KM-DA or NL-DA) for example, a complete APP peptide or variant, an APP fragment, a recombinant or synthetic APP, or a fusion peptide. Preferably, the fusion peptide includes the beta-secretase cleavage site fused to a peptide having a moiety useful for enzymatic assay, for example, having isolation and/or detection properties. A useful moiety may be an antigenic epitope for antibody binding, a label or other detection moiety, a binding substrate, and the like. Antibodies Products characteristic of APP cleavage can be measured by immunoassay using various antibodies, as described, for example, in Pirttila et.al., 1999, Neuro . Lett . 249:21-4, and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,486. Useful antibodies to detect A beta include, for example, the monoclonal antibody 6E10 (Senetek, St. Louis, MO) that specifically recognizes an epitope on amino acids 1-16 of the A beta peptide; antibodies 162 and 164 (New York State Institute for Basic Research, Staten Island, NY) that are specific for human A beta 1-40 and 1-42, respectively; and antibodies that recognize the junction region of beta-amyloid peptide, the site between residues 16 and 17, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,593,846. Antibodies raised against a synthetic peptide of residues 591 to 596 of APP and SW192 antibody raised against 590-596 of the Swedish mutation are also useful in immunoassay of APP and its cleavage products, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,604,102 and 5,721, 130. Assay Systems
Assays for determining APP cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site are well known in the art. Exemplary assays, are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,744,346 and 5,942,400, and described in the Examples below. Cell Free Assays
Exemplary assays that can be used to demonstrate the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the invention are described, for example, in WO00/17369, WO 00/03819, and U.S. Patents No. 5,942,400 and 5,744,346. Such assays can be performed in cell-free incubations or in cellular incubations using cells expressing a beta-secretase and an APP substrate having a beta-secretase cleavage site.
An APP substrate containing the beat-secretase cleavage site of APP, for example, a complete APP or variant, an APP fragment, or a recombinant or synthetic APP substrate containing the amino acid sequence: KM-DA or NL-DA, is incubated in the presence of beta-secretase enzyme, a fragment thereof, or a synthetic or recombinant polypeptide variant having beta-secretase activity and effective to cleave the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP, under incubation conditions suitable for the cleavage activity of the enzyme. Suitable substrates optionally include derivatives that may be fusion proteins or peptides that contain the substrate peptide and a modification useful to facilitate the purification or detection of the peptide or its beta-secretase cleavage products. Useful modifications include the insertion of a known antigenic epitope for antibody binding; the linking of a label or detectable moiety, the linking of a binding substrate, and the like.
Suitable incubation conditions for a cell-free in vi tro assay include, for example: approximately 200 nanomolar to 10 micromolar substrate, approximately 10 to 200 picomolar enzyme, and approximately 0.1 nanomolar to 10 micromolar inhibitor compound, in aqueous solution, at an approximate pH of 4 -7, at approximately 37 degrees C, for a time period of approximately 10 minutes to 3 hours. These incubation conditions are exemplary only, and can be varied as required for the particular assay components and/or desired measurement system. Optimization of the incubation conditions for the particular assay components should account for the specific beta-secretase enzyme used and its pH optimum, any additional enzymes and/or markers that might be used in the assay, and the like. Such optimization is routine and will not require undue experimentation.
One useful assay utilizes a fusion peptide having maltose binding protein (MBP) fused to the C-terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW. The MBP portion is captured on an assay substrate by anti-MBP capture antibody. Incubation of the captured fusion protein in the presence of beta-secretase results in cleavage of the substrate at the beta-secretase cleavage site. Analysis of the cleavage activity can be, for example, by immunoassay of cleavage products. One such immunoassay detects a unique epitope exposed at the carboxy terminus of the cleaved fusion protein, for example, using the antibody SW192. This assay is described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400. Cellular Assay
Numerous cell-based assays can be used to analyze beta- secretase activity and/or processing of APP to release A beta. Contact of an APP substrate with a beta-secretase enzyme within the cell and in the presence or absence of a compound inhibitor of the invention can be used to demonstrate beta- secretase inhibitory activity of the compound. Preferably, assay in the presence of a useful inhibitory compound provides at least about 30%, most preferably at least about 50% inhibition of the enzymatic activity, as compared with a non- inhibited control .
In one embodiment, cells that naturally express beta- secretase are used. Alternatively, cells are modified to express a recombinant beta-secretase or synthetic variant enzyme as discussed above. The APP substrate may be added to the culture medium and is preferably expressed in the cells. Cells that naturally express APP, variant or mutant forms of APP, or cells transformed to express an isoform of APP, mutant or variant APP, recombinant or synthetic APP, APP fragment, or synthetic APP peptide or fusion protein containing the beta- secretase APP cleavage site can be used, provided that the expressed APP is permitted to contact the enzyme and enzymatic cleavage activity can be analyzed.
Human cell lines that normally process A beta from APP provide a useful means to assay inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention. Production and release of A beta and/or other cleavage products into the culture medium can be measured, for example by immunoassay, such as Western blot or enzyme-linked immunoassay (EIA) such as by ELISA.
Cells expressing an APP substrate and an active beta- secretase can be incubated in the presence of a compound inhibitor to demonstrate inhibition of enzymatic activity as compared with a control. Activity of beta-secretase can be measured by analysis of one or more cleavage products of the APP substrate. For example, inhibition of beta-secretase activity against the substrate APP would be expected to decrease release of specific beta-secretase induced APP cleavage products such as A beta.
Although both neural and non-neural cells process and release A beta, levels of endogenous beta-secretase activity are low and often difficult to detect by EIA. The use of cell types known to have enhanced beta-secretase activity, enhanced processing of APP to A beta, and/or enhanced production of A beta are therefore preferred. For example, transfection of cells with the Swedish Mutant form of APP (APP-SW) ; with APP- KK; or with APP-SW-KK provides cells having enhanced beta- secretase activity and producing amounts of A beta that can be readily measured.
In such assays, for example, the cells expressing APP and beta-secretase are incubated in a culture medium under conditions suitable for beta-secretase enzymatic activity at its cleavage site on the APP substrate. On exposure of the cells to the compound inhibitor, the amount of A beta released into the medium and/or the amount of CTF99 fragments of APP in the cell lysates is reduced as compared with the control . The cleavage products of APP can be analyzed, for example, by immune reactions with specific antibodies, as discussed above.
Preferred cells for analysis of beta-secretase activity include primary human neuronal cells, primary transgenic animal neuronal cells where the transgene is APP, and other cells such as those of a stable 293 cell line expressing APP, for example, APP-SW.
In Vivo Assays: Animal Models
Various animal models can be used to analyze beta- secretase activity and /or processing of APP to release A beta, as described above. For example, transgenic animals expressing APP substrate and beta-secretase enzyme can be used to demonstrate inhibitory activity of the compounds of the invention. Certain transgenic animal models have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos: 5,877,399; 5,612,486; 5,387,742; 5,720,936; 5,850,003; 5,877,015,, and 5,811,633, and in Ganes et.al., 1995, Nature 373:523. Preferred are animals that exhibit characteristics associated with the pathophysiology of AD. Administration of the compound inhibitors of the invention to the transgenic mice described herein provides an alternative method for demonstrating the inhibitory activity of the compounds. Administration of the compounds in a pharmaceutically effective carrier and via an administrative route that reaches the target tissue in an appropriate therapeutic amount is also preferred.
Inhibition of beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site and of A beta release can be analyzed in these animals by measure of cleavage fragments in the animal ' s body fluids such as cerebral fluid or tissues . Analysis of brain tissues for A beta deposits or plaques is preferred.
On contacting an APP substrate with a beta-secretase enzyme in the presence of an inhibitory compound of the invention and under conditions sufficient to permit enzymatic mediated cleavage of APP and/or release of A beta from the substrate, the compounds of the invention are effective to reduce beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of APP at the beta- secretase cleavage site and/or effective to reduce released amounts of A beta. Where such contacting is the administration of the inhibitory compounds of the invention to an animal model, for example, as described above, the compounds are effective to reduce A beta deposition in brain tissues of the animal, and to reduce the number and/or size of beta amyloid plaques. Where such administration is to a human subject, the compounds are effective to inhibit or slow the progression of disease characterized by enhanced amounts of A beta, to slow the progression of AD in the, and/or to prevent onset or development of AD in a patient at risk for the disease.
Unless defined otherwise, all scientific and technical terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs. All patents and publications referred to herein are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes. Definitions and Conventions
The definitions and explanations below are for the terms as used throughout this entire document including both the specification and the claims. Definitions
All temperatures are in degrees Celsius.
TLC refers to thin-layer chromatography. psi refers to pounds/in2.
HPLC refers to high pressure liquid chromatography. THF refers to tetrahydrofuran.
DMF refers to dimethylformamide .
EDC refers to ethyl -1- (3 -dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide or 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride . HOBt refers to 1-hydroxy benzotriazole hydrate.
NMM refers to N-methylmorpholine .
NBS refers to N-bromosuccinimide .
TEA refers to triethylamine .
BOC refers to 1, 1-dimethylethoxy carbonyl or t- butoxycarbonyl , represneted schematically as-CO-O-C (CH3) 3. CBZ refers to benzyloxycarbonyl, -CO-0-CH2- . FMOC refers to 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate. TFA refers to trifluoracetic acid, CF3-C00H. CDI refers to 1, 1 ' -carbonyldiimidazole .
Saline refers to an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution.
Chromatography (column and flash chromatography) refers to purification/separation of compounds expressed as (support, eluent) . It is understood that the appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the desired compound (s) .
CMR refers to C-13 magnetic resonance spectroscopy, chemical shifts are reported in ppm (δ) downfield from TMS . NMR refers to nuclear (proton) magnetic resonance spectroscopy, chemical shifts are reported in ppm (d) downfield from TMS.
IR refers to infrared spectroscopy.
-phenyl refers to phenyl (C6H5) . MS refers to mass spectrometry expressed as m/e, m/z or mass/charge unit. MH+ refers to the positive ion of a parent plus a hydrogen atom. El refers to electron impact. CI refers to chemical ionization. FAB refers to fast atom bombardment . HRMS refers to high resolution mass spectrometry.
Ether refers to diethyl ether.
When solvent pairs are used, the ratios of solvents used are volume/volume (v/v) .
When the solubility of a solid in a solvent is used the ratio of the solid to the solvent is weight/volume (wt/v) .
BOP refers to benzotriazol-1-yloxy- tris (dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate .
TBDMSC1 refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride.
TBDMSOTf refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl trifluosulfonic acid ester.
Triso y 21 refers to Down's Syndrome.
APP, amyloid precursor protein, is defined as any APP polypeptide, including APP variants, mutations, and isoforms, for example, as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,766,846. A beta, amyloid beta peptide, is defined as any peptide resulting from beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP, including peptides of 39, 40, 41, 42, and 43 amino acids, and extending from the beta-secretase cleavage site to amino acids 39, 40, 41, 42, or 43.
Beta-secretase (BACE1, Asp2 , Memapsin 2) is an aspartyl protease that mediates cleavage of APP at the amino-terminal edge of A beta. Human beta-secretase is described, for example, in WO00/17369. By "alkyl" and "Cχ-C6 alkyl" in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, propyl , isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl , 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl , 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl . It is understood that in cases where an alkyl chain of a substituent (e.g. of an alkyl, alkoxy or alkenyl group) is shorter or longer than 6 carbons, it will be so indicated in the second "C" as, for example, "Cχ-C10 " indicates a maximum of 10 carbons.
By "alkoxy" and "Cχ-C6 alkoxy" in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, attached through at least one divalent oxygen atom, such as, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n- butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy. By the term "halogen" in the invention is meant fluorine, bromine, chlorine, and iodine.
"Alkenyl" and "C2-C6 alkenyl" means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and from one to three double bonds and includes, for example, ethenyl , propenyl, l-but-3-enyl , l-pent-3-enyl , l-hex-5-enyl and the like .
"Alkynyl" and "C2-C3 alkynyl" means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and one or two triple bonds and includes ethynyl, propynyl , butynyl, pentyn-2-yl and the like.
As used herein, the term "cycloalkyl" refers to saturated carbocyclic radicals having three to twelve carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl can be monocyclic, or a polycyclic fused system. Examples of such radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl . The cycloalkyl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted with Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, di (Cχ-C3) alkylamino, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C3alkynyl, Cχ-C3 haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Cχ-C6) alkyl, mono (Cχ-C3) alkylamino (Cχ-C6) alkyl or di (Ci- C6) alkylamino (Cχ-C3) alkyl .
By "aryl" is meant an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., phenyl), multiple rings (e.g., biphenyl) , or multiple condensed rings in which at least one is aromatic, (e.g., 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl, naphthyl), which is optionally mono-, di-, or trisubstituted. Preferred aryl groups of the invention are phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2 -naphthyl, indanyl , indenyl , dihydronaphthyl , tetralinyl or 6,7,8,9- tetrahydro-5H-benzo [a] cycloheptenyl . The aryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such aryl groups may be optionally substituted with, for example, Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, C2- Cgalkenyl, C2-C3alkynyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Cχ-C6) alkyl, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino (Cχ-C3) alkyl , di (Cx- C6) alkylamino (Cχ-C6) alkyl, -COOH, -C (=0) O (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -C(=0)NH2, -C(=0)N(mono- or di-Cχ-C5 alkyl), -S (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -S02(Cχ-Cε alkyl), -0-C (=0) (Cχ-C5 alkyl), -NH-C (=0) - (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -C (=0) - (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -NH-S02- (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -S02- (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -NH-C (=0) NH2, -NH- C(=0)N(mono- or di-Cχ-C3 alkyl), -NH(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -C (=0) -NH2 or -NH(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -C(=0) -N- (mono- or di-Cχ-C6 alkyl).
By "heteroaryl" is meant one or more aromatic ring systems of 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Preferred heteroaryl groups of the invention include pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, benzothienyl , indolyl, indolinyl, pryidazinyl, pyrazinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl , benzofuranyl , furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolopyridinyl , imidazopyridinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl , cinnolinyl, carbazolyl, beta- carbolinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl , isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl , isobenzotetrahydrothienyl , isobenzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, pyridopyridinyl , benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, purinyl, benzodioxolyl , triazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenot iazinyl, pteridinyl , benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl , dihydrobenzisoxazinyl , benzisoxazinyl, benzoxazinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl, benzopyranyl , benzothiopyranyl, coumarinyl , isocoumarinyl , chromonyl , chromanonyl , pyridinyl-N-oxide , tetrahydroquinolinyl , dihydroquinolinyl , dihydroquinolinonyl , dihydroisoquinolinonyl , dihydrocoumarinyl , dihydroisocoumarinyl, isoindolinonyl , benzodioxanyl, benzoxazolinonyl , pyrrolyl N-oxide,, pyrimidinyl N-oxide, pyridazinyl N-oxide, pyrazinyl N-oxide, quinolinyl N-oxide, indolyl N-oxide, indolinyl N-oxide, isoquinolyl N-oxide, quinazolinyl N-oxide, quinoxalinyl N-oxide, phthalazinyl N- oxide, imidazolyl N-oxide, isoxazolyl N-oxide, oxazolyl N- oxide, thiazolyl N-oxide, indolizinyl N-oxide, indazolyl N- oxide, benzothiazolyl N-oxide, benzimidazolyl N-oxide, pyrrolyl N-oxide, oxadiazolyl N-oxide, thiadiazolyl N-oxide, triazolyl N-oxide, tetrazolyl N-oxide, benzothiopyranyl S-oxide, benzothiopyranyl S,S-dioxide. The heteroaryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- Cealkynyl, Cχ-Ce haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Cχ-C3) alkyl , mono (Cχ-C3) alkylamino (Cχ-C6) alkyl or di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino (Cχ~ C6) alkyl, -COOH, -C (=0) 0 (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -C(=0)NH2, -C (=0) N (mono- or di-Ci-Cg alkyl), -S(Cχ-C6 alkyl), -S02(Cχ-C6 alkyl), -O- C(=0) (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-C (=0) - (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -N (Ci-Cg alkyl) -
C(=0)-(Cχ-C3 alkyl), -NH-S02- (Cχ-C3 alkyl), -N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -S02-
(Cx-Cg alkyl), -NH-C (=0) NH2, -NH-C (=0) N (mono- or di-Cχ-C6 alkyl), -NH(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -C (=0) -NH2 or -NH(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -C (=0) -N-
(mono- or di-Cχ-C3 alkyl) . By "heterocycle", "heterocycloalkyl" or "heterocyclyl" is meant one or more carbocyclic ring systems of 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Preferred heterocycles of the invention include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S,S- dioxide, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl , pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl , piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl , tetrahydrothienyl, homopiperidinyl , homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, oxazolidinonyl , dihydropyrazolyl , dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl , dihydropyridinyl , dihydropyrimidinyl , dihydrofuryl , dihydropyranyl , tetrahydrothienyl S-oxide, tetrahydrothienyl S,S-dioxide and homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide. The heterocycle groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such heterocycle groups may be optionally substituted with Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, C -C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Cχ-C6) alkyl , mono (Cχ-Ce) alkylamino (Cx- Cg) alkyl, di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino (Cχ-C3) alkyl or =0.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those properties and/or substances that are acceptable to the patient from a pharmacological/toxicological point of view and to the manufacturing pharmaceutical chemist from a physical/chemical point of view regarding composition, formulation, stability, patient acceptance and bioavailability. A therapeutically effective amount is defined as an amount effective to reduce or lessen at least one symptom of the disease being treated or to reduce or delay onset of one or more clinical markers or symptoms of the disease. BIOLOGY EXAMPLES Example A
Enzyme Inhibition Assay
The compounds of the invention are analyzed for inhibitory activity by use of the MBP-C125 assay. This assay determines the relative inhibition of beta-secretase cleavage of a model APP substrate, MBP-C125SW, by the compounds assayed as compared with an untreated control . A detailed description of the assay parameters can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,942,400. Briefly, the substrate is a fusion peptide formed of maltose binding protein (MBP) and the carboxy terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW, the Swedish mutation. The beta-secretase enzyme is derived from human brain tissue as described in Sinha et.al, 1999, Nature 40:537- 540) or recombinantly produced as the full-length enzyme (amino acids 1-501) , and can be prepared, for example, from 293 cells expressing the recombinant cDNA, as described in WO00/47618. Human brain D-Secretase from concentrated HiQ pool prepared 7/16/97 in 0.20% Triton was used in the assay. Inhibition of the enzyme is analyzed, for example, by immunoassay of the enzyme ' s cleavage products . One exemplary ELISA uses an anti-MBP capture antibody that is deposited on precoated and blocked 96-well high binding plates, followed by incubation with diluted enzyme reaction supernatant, incubation with a specific reporter antibody, for example, biotinylated anti-SW192 reporter antibody, and further incubation with streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase . In the assay, cleavage of the intact MBP-C125SW fusion protein results in the generation of a truncated amino-terminal fragment, exposing a new SW-192 antibody-positive epitope at the carboxy terminus. Detection is effected by a fluorescent substrate signal on cleavage by the phosphatase. ELISA only detects cleavage following Leu 596 at the substrate's APP-SW 751 mutation site. Specific Assay Procedure: Compounds are diluted in a 1:1 dilution series to a six- point concentration curve (two wells per concentration) in one 96-plate row per compound tested. Each of the test compounds is prepared in DMSO to make up a 10 millimolar stock solution. The stock solution is serially diluted in DMSO to obtain a final compound concentration of 200 micromolar at the high point of a 6-point dilution curve. Ten (10) microliters of each dilution is added to each of two wells on row C of a corresponding V-bottom plate to which 190 microliters of 52 millimolar NaOAc, 7.9% DMSO, pH 4.5 are pre-added. The NaOAc diluted compound plate is spun down to pellet precipitant and
20 microliters/well is transferred to a corresponding flat- bottom plate to which 30 microliters of ice-cold enzyme- substrate mixture (2.5 microliters MBP-C125SW substrate, 0.03 microliters enzyme and 24.5 microliters ice cold 0.09% TX100 per 30 microliters) is added. The final reaction mixture of 200 micromolar compound at the highest curve point is in 5% DMSO, 20 millimolar NaAc, 0.06% TX100, at pH 4.5.
Warming the plates to 37 degrees C starts the enzyme reaction. After 90 minutes at 37 degrees C, 200 microliters/well cold specimen diluent is added to stop the reaction and 20 microliters/well was transferred to a corresponding anti-MBP antibody coated ELISA plate for capture, containing 80 microliters/well specimen diluent. This reaction is incubated overnight at 4 degrees C and the ELISA is developed the next day after a 2 hour incubation with anti-192SW antibody, followed by Streptavidin-AP conjugate and fluorescent substrate. The signal is read on a fluorescent plate reader. Relative compound inhibition potency is determined by calculating the concentration of compound that showed a fifty percent reduction in detected signal (IC50) compared to the enzyme reaction signal in the control wells with no added compound . Example B
Cell Free Inhibition Assay Utilizing a Synthetic APP Substrate A synthetic APP substrate that can be cleaved by beta- secretase and having N-terminal biotin and made fluorescent by the covalent attachment of Oregon green at the Cys residue is used to assay beta-secretase activity in the presence or absence of the inhibitory compounds of the invention. Useful substrates include the following:
Biotin-SEVNL-DAEFR [Oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 1] Biotin-SEVKM-DAEFR [Oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 2]
Biotin-GLNIKTEEISEISY-EVEFRC [Oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 3] Biotin-ADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL-DAEF
[Oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 4] Biotin-FVNQHLCoxGSHLVEALY-
LVCoxGERGFFYTPKA [Oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 5] The enzyme (0.1 nanomolar) and test compounds (0.001 - 100 micromolar) are incubated in pre-blocked, low affinity, black plates (384 well) at 37 degrees for 30 minutes. The reaction is initiated by addition of 150 millimolar substrate to a final volume of 30 microliter per well. The final assay conditions are: 0.001 - 100 micromolar compound inhibitor; 0.1 molar sodium acetate (pH 4.5); 150 nanomolar substrate; 0.1 nanomolar soluble beta-secretase; 0.001% Tween 20, and 2% DMSO. The assay mixture is incubated for 3 hours at 37 degrees C, and the reaction is terminated by the addition of a saturating concentration of immunopure streptavidin. After incubation with streptavidin at room temperature for 15 minutes, fluorescence polarization is measured, for example, using a LJL Acqurest (Ex485 nm/ Em530 n ) . The activity of the beta-secretase enzyme is detected by changes in the fluorescence polarization that occur when the substrate is cleaved by the enzyme. Incubation in the presence or absence of compound inhibitor demonstrates specific inhibition of beta-secretase enzymatic cleavage of its synthetic APP substrate. Example C Beta-Secretase Inhibition: P26-P4'SW Assay
Synthetic substrates containing the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP are used to assay beta-secretase activity, using the methods described, for example, in published PCT application WO00/47618. The P26-P4'SW substrate is a peptide of the sequence:
(biotin)CGGADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNLDAEF [SEQ ID NO: 6] The P26-P1 standard has the sequence: (biotin)CGGADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL [SEQ ID NO : 7].
Briefly, the biotin-coupled synthetic substrates are incubated at a concentration of from about 0 to about 200 micromolar in this assay. When testing inhibitory compounds, a substrate concentration of about 1.0 micromolar is preferred. Test compounds diluted in DMSO are added to the reaction mixture, with a final DMSO concentration of 5%. Controls also contain a final DMSO concentration of 5%. The concentration of beta secretase enzyme in the reaction is varied, to give product concentrations with the linear range of the ELISA assay, about 125 to 2000 picomolar, after dilution.
The reaction mixture also includes 20 millimolar sodium acetate, pH 4.5, 0.06% Triton X100, and is incubated at 37 degrees C for about 1 to 3 hours. Samples are then diluted in assay buffer (for example, 145.4 nanomolar sodium chloride, 9.51 millimolar sodium phosphate, 7.7 millimolar sodium azide, 0.05% Triton X405, 6g/liter bovine serum albumin, pH 7.4) to quench the reaction, then diluted further for immunoassay of the cleavage products.
Cleavage products can be assayed by ELISA. Diluted samples and standards are incubated in assay plates coated with capture antibody, for example, SW192, for about 24 hours at 4 degrees C. After washing in TTBS buffer (150 millimolar sodium chloride, 25 millimolar Tris, 0.05% Tween 20, pH 7.5), the samples are incubated with streptavidin-AP according to the manufacturer's instructions. After a one hour incubation at room temperature, the samples are washed in TTBS and incubated with fluorescent substrate solution A (31.2 g/liter 2 -amino-2 -methyl-1-propanol , 30 mg/liter, pH 9.5). Reaction with streptavidin-alkaline phosphate permits detection by fluorescence. Compounds that are effective inhibitors of beta-secretase activity demonstrate reduced cleavage of the substrate as compared to a control . Example D
Assays using Synthetic Oligopeptide-Substrates
Synthetic oligopeptides are prepared that incorporate the known cleavage site of beta-secretase, and optionally detectable tags, such as fluorescent or chromogenic moieties. Examples of such peptides, as well as their production and detection methods are described in U.S. Patent No: 5,942,400, herein incorporated by reference. Cleavage products can be detected using high performance liquid chromatography, or fluorescent or chromogenic detection methods appropriate to the peptide to be detected, according to methods well known in the art .
By way of example, one such peptide has the sequence SEVNL-DAEF [SEQ ID NO: 8], and the cleavage site is between residues 5 and 6. Another preferred substrate has the sequence ADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL-DAEF [SEQ ID NO: 9] , and the cleavage site is between residues 26 and 27.
These synthetic APP substrates are incubated in the presence of beta-secretase under conditions sufficient to result in beta-secretase mediated cleavage of the substrate. Comparison of the cleavage results in the presence of the compound inhibitor to control results provides a measure of the compound's inhibitory activity. Example E Inhibition of Beta-Secretase Activity - Cellular Assay
An exemplary assay for the analysis of inhibition of beta-secretase activity utilizes the human embryonic kidney cell line HEKp293 (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1573) transfected with APP751 containing the naturally occurring double mutation Lys651Met52 to Asn651Leu652 (numbered for APP751) , commonly called the Swedish mutation and shown to overproduce A beta (Citron et.al., 1992, Nature 360:672-674), as described in USPN 5,604,102.
The cells are incubated in the presence/absence of the inhibitory compound (diluted in DMSO) at the desired concentration, generally up to 10 micrograms/ml . At the end of the treatment period, conditioned media is analyzed for beta-secretase activity, for example, by analysis of cleavage fragments. A beta can be analyzed by immunoassay, using specific detection antibodies. The enzymatic activity is measured in the presence and absence of the compound inhibitors to demonstrate specific inhibition of beta- secretase mediated cleavage of APP substrate. Example F
Inhibition of Beta-Secretase in Animal Models of AD
Various animal models can be used to screen for inhibition of beta-secretase activity. Examples of animal models useful in the invention include, but are not limited to, mouse, guinea pig, dog, and the like. The animals used can be wild type, transgenic, or knockout models. In addition, mammalian models can express mutations in APP, such as APP695- SW and the like described herein. Examples of transgenic non-human mammalian models are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,604,102, 5,912,410 and 5,811,633.
PDAPP mice, prepared as described in Games et.al., 1995, Nature 373:523-527 are useful to analyze in vivo suppression of A beta release in the presence of putative inhibitory compounds. As described in USPN 6,191,166, 4 month old PDAPP mice are administered compound formulated in vehicle, such as corn oil. The mice are dosed with compound (1-30 mg/ml; preferably 1-10 mg/ml). After time, e.g., 3-10 hours, the animals are sacrificed, and brains removed for analysis.
Transgenic animals are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Control animals are untreated, treated with vehicle, or treated with an inactive compound. Administration can be acute, i.e., single dose or multiple doses in one day, or can be chronic, i.e., dosing is repeated daily for a period of days. Beginning at time 0, brain tissue or cerebral fluid is obtained from selected animals and analyzed for the presence of APP cleavage peptides, including A beta, for example, by immunoassay using specific antibodies for A beta detection. At the end of the test period, animals are sacrificed and brain tissue or cerebral fluid is analyzed for the presence of A beta and/or beta-amyloid plaques. The tissue is also analyzed for necrosis.
Animals administered the compound inhibitors of the invention are expected to demonstrate reduced A beta in brain tissues or cerebral fluids and reduced beta amyloid plaques in brain tissue, as compared with non-treated controls. Example G Inhibition of A Beta Production in Human Patients Patients suffering from Alzheimer's Disease (AD) demonstrate an increased amount of A beta in the brain. AD patients are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month.
Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; A beta deposits in the brain; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients . Example H
Prevention of A Beta Production in Patients at Risk for AD
Patients predisposed or at risk for developing AD are identified either by recognition of a familial inheritance pattern, for example, presence of the Swedish Mutation, and/or by monitoring diagnostic parameters. Patients identified as predisposed or at risk for developing AD are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning' on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month.
Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients. CHEMISTRY EXAMPLES
The following detailed examples describe how to prepare various compounds and/or perform various processes of the invention and are to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitations of the preceding disclosure in any way whatsoever. Those skilled in the art will promptly recognize appropriate variations from the procedures both as to reactants and as to reaction conditions and techniques.
Example 1: N3- [ ( { (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy- 3- [ (3-methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl} amino) carbonyl] -N^N1- dipropyl-beta-alaninamide (Compound 1)
Figure imgf000139_0001
Step 1: [3- te -butoxycarbonylamino-4- (3 , 5-difluoro- phenyl) -2 -hydroxy-butyl] - (3-methoxybenzyl) -carbamic acid benzyl ester.
A mixture of tert-butyl (IS) -2- (3 , 5-difluorophenyl) -1- [ (2S) -oxiran-2-yl] ethylcarbamate (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol) and 3- methoxybenzylamine (1.8 g, 13.3 mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (30 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 6.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100ml) and washed with 1 N HCl (3x 30 ml), sat'd aq. NaHC03 (1 x 50 ml) and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield an off white solid. The residue was dissolved in THF (20ml) and chilled to 0°C followed by the addition of Et3N (0.6 ml, 4.4 mmol) and benzylchloroformate (0.5 ml, 3.6 mmol) . The reaction mixture was warmed spontaneously for 3h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with IN HCl, NaHC03, and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo . Flash chromatography 30% EtOAC/Heptanes yields 1.3 g (70%) of [3-tert- butoxycarbonylamino-4- (3 , 5-difluoro-phenyl) -2-hydroxy-butyl] - (3-methoxybenzyl) -carbamic acid benzyl ester.MS (ESI+) for C3ιH3gF2N2θ6 m/z 570.8 (M+H)+.
Step 2: Benzyl (2R, 3S) -3-amino-4- (3 , 5-difluorophenyl) -2- hydroxybutyl (3-methoxybenzyl) carbamate
Figure imgf000141_0001
To a 20 ml solution of [3- ert-butoxycarbonylamino-4- (3, 5-difluoro-phenyl) -2-hydroxy-butyl] - (3-methoxybenzyl) - carbamic acid benzyl ester (0.5 g, 0.9 mmol) at 0°C was added trifluoroacetic acid (4 ml) . The cold bath was removed and the mixture stirred at r.t. for lh. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in 10% aq. NaHC03, extracted with EtOAc ( 3 x 15 ml) . The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield an amorphous solid. MS (ESI+) for C26H28F2N204 m/z 471.2 (M+H) + . The crude amine was used in subsequent steps without purification.
Step 3. {4- (3, 5-Difluoro-phenyl) -3- [3- (2- dipropylcarbamoyl-ethyl) -ureido] -2-hydroxy-butyl}- (3- methoxybenzyl ) -carbamic acid benzyl ester
Figure imgf000142_0001
4- (dipropylamino) -4-oxobutanoic acid (0.08 g, 0.40 mmol) generated by the addition of dipropyl amine to succinic anhydride was treated with Et3N (62μL, 0.44 mmol) and
(PhO)2P(0)N3 (77 μL, 0.36 mmol) in 3 ml of toluene. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 min. then immersed in a 90°C oil bath for 45 min. The mixture was rapidly cooled to 0°C followed by the addition of the amine from step 2 (0.19 g, 0.40 mmol) . The mixture was warmed to r.t. and stirred for lh. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc 30 L and washed with IN HCl (2 x 10 mL) , NaHC03 (1 x 10 mL) and brine. The organic layer was dried over NaS04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield 190 mg of as a clear glass after radial chromatography 60% EtOAc/Heptanes.MS (ESI+) for C3gH4gF2N406 m/z 668.9 (M+H)+.
Step 4 N3- [ ({ (1S,2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (3-methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl}amino) carbonyl] -N1,N1-dipropyl - beta-alaninamide
Figure imgf000142_0002
To a MeOH (3 mL) solution of the product from step 3 (0.14 g, 0.20 mmol) was added NH4OAc (0.008 g, 0.1 mmol) and 70 mg of Pd/C (10% by wt . on carbon) . The mixture was purged with H2 then stirred at r.t. under a ballon of H2. After 1.5 h the mixture was filtered through Celite® and the solvent removed in vacuo to yield a clear glass. Preparative HPLC with H20/CH3CN (1 formic acid) yields the title compound as a white solid. MS (ESI+) for C28H4oF2 4θ4 m/z 535.3 (M+H) +.
Example 2: 2- { [ ( { (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2- hydroxy-3- [ (3- methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl}amino) carbonyl] amino}-N,N- dipropylethanesulfonamide (Compound 2) :
Figure imgf000143_0001
Step 1 {4- (3, 5-Difluoro-phenyl) -3- [3- (2- dipropylsulfamoyl-ethyl) -ureido] -2-hydroxy-butyl}- (3- methoxybenzyl) -carbamic acid benzyl ester
Figure imgf000143_0002
3 -Dipropyl ulfamoyl-proprionic acid (0.96 g, 0.40 mmol) was treated with Et3N (62 μL, 0.44 mmol) and (PhO)2P(0)N3 (77 μL, 0.36 mmol) in 3 ml of toluene. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 min. then immersed in a 90°C oil bath for 45 min. The mixture was rapidly cooled to 0°C followed by the addition of the amine from step 2 (0.19 g, 0.40 mmol) . The mixture was warmed to r.t. and stirred for lh. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc 30 mL and washed with IN HCl (2 x 10 mL) , NaHC03 (1 x 10 mL) and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield 120 mg of as a clear glass after radial chromatography 60% EtOAc/Heptanes . MS (ESI+) for C35H4F2N4θ7S m/z 705.9 (M+H)+.
Step 2 2-{ [ ({ (1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (3-methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl}amino) carbonyl] amino} -N,N- dipropylethanesulfonamide
Figure imgf000144_0001
To a MeOH (3 mL) solution of the product from step 1 (0.12 g, 0.17 mmol) was added NH4OAc (0.007 g, 0.1 mmol) and 50 mg of Pd/C (10% by wt . on carbon) . The mixture was purged with H2 then stirred at r.t. under a ballon of H2. After 40 min. the mixture was filtered through Celite® and the solvent removed in vacuo to yield an off white solid. Recyrstallization from EtOAc/MeOH yields the title compound as a white solid. MS (ESI+) for C27H40F2N4θ5S m/z 571.2 (M+H)+.
Example 3: tert-butyl (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2- hydroxy-3- [ (6-iodo-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4- yl) amino] propylcarbamate intermediate (Compound 3):
Figure imgf000145_0001
Step 1 6 - Iodo- chroman-4 -ylamine
Figure imgf000145_0002
To a CH2C12 (80 ml) solution of 6-iodo-4-chromanol (10.0 g, 36 mmol) and diisopropylethyl amine (19 ml, 108 mmol), at 0°C, was added the MsCl (4.2 ml, 54 mmol). After stirring for 1.5 h the solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting residue dissolved in 150 ml of DMF followed by the addition of Na N3 (3.5 g, 54 mmol) . The reaction was heated to 70°C for 6.5 h then cooled to rt . followed by the addition of 900 ml Of I N HCl and extraction with Et20 (4 x 200 ml) . The combined Et20 layers were dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield 9.5 g of the azide as yellow oil. MS (ESI+) for C9H8IN30 m/z 300.97 (M+H)+. The crude azide (5.0 g, 16.6 mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 ml) and treated with PPh3 (5.2 g, 20.0 mmol) . The mixture stirred at rt . for 30 min. followed by the addition of 4 ml of H20. The mixture was then heated to 60°C overnight. After cooling the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue treated with 1 N HCl. The aqueous layer was washed with CH2Cl2 and then adjusted to pH = 12 with NaOH pellets. The basic aqueous layer was extracted with CH2C12 and the combined organic layers dried over Na2S04 and treated with activated carbon. The mixture was filtered through Celite® and concentrated in vacuo to yield 6-Iodo- chroman-4-ylamine 3.6 g (79%) as clear oil that solidifies upon standing. MS (ESI+) for C9Hχ0INO m/z 275.98 (M+H)+.
Step 2 tert-butyl (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2- hydroxy-3- [ (6-iodo-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4- yl) amino] propylcarbamate :
Figure imgf000146_0001
An isopropyl alcohol (25 ml) solution of tert-butyl (IS) - 2- (3 , 5-difluorophenyl) -1- [ (2S) -oxiran-2-yl] ethylcarbamate (2.2 g, 7.2 mmol) and 6-Iodo-chroman-4-ylamine (3.0 g, 10.9 mmol) was stirred at 75°C for 0 h. The IPA was removed in vacuo and the resulting residue dissolved in EtOAc (200 ml) . The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl (4 x 50 ml) , followed by NaHC03 (2 x 50 ml) , and brine (1 x 50 ml) . The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield 3.5 g (85%) of the title compound as an off white solid. MS (ESI+) for C24H29F2IN204 m/z 574.8 (M+H)+.
Example 4 The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures outlined above and described in the above examples. The substituents R and Rc are defined for formula A in the table.
Figure imgf000146_0002
A
Compound R R No.
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000153_0002
Figure imgf000153_0003
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000155_0002
Figure imgf000155_0003
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000157_0002
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000160_0002
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000162_0002
Figure imgf000162_0003
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000167_0002
Figure imgf000167_0003
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000169_0002
278
Figure imgf000170_0001
Example 5 The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures outlined above and described in the above examples. The substituents R and Rc are defined for formula A in the table.
Compound S ructure/Name No.
Figure imgf000170_0002
N- { { 1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ { IS) -7-ethyl- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl] amino} -2- hydroxypropyl) -Nl -phenylurea;
Figure imgf000170_0003
phenyl ( { 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ { IS) -7- ethyl-1, 2,3, -tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl] amino} -2- hydroxypropyl) carbamate;
Figure imgf000170_0004
methyl (35) -3-{ [ (2J , 3 S) -3- [ (anilinocarbonyl) amino] 4- (3 , 5-difluorophenyl) -2-hydroxybutyl] amino} -3- (3- bromophenyl) ropanoate ;
Figure imgf000171_0001
NT- ( {1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [4- (3- ethylphenyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl] amino} -2 - hydroxypropyl) -JV' -phenylurea ;
Figure imgf000171_0002
Mass spec. 503.1 N- { (1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4R) -6-ethyl- 2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-liϊ-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) methanesulfonamide;
Figure imgf000171_0003
Mass spec. 558. N"-benzyl-N' - ( (1S,2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- { [ {4R) -6-ethyl-2,2-dioxido-3,4-dihydro-lH- isothiochromen-4-yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) urea; thyl-
Figure imgf000172_0001
Mass spec. 510.1 N- { { 1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4J?) -6-ethyl- 2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) -N' -propylurea;
Figure imgf000172_0002
Mass spec. 524.1 N- (sec-butyl) -JT' - ( { 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) •3- { [ (4i?) -6-ethyl-2,2-dioxido-3,4-dihydro-lJ-"- isothiochromen-4-yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) urea;
Figure imgf000173_0001
Mass spec. 545.1 phenyl ( {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4.R) -6- ethyl-2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lf-"-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) carbamate;
Figure imgf000173_0002
Mass spec. 497.1 ethyl ( {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4R) -6- ethyl-2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2-hydroxypropyl) carbamate ;
Figure imgf000173_0003
N-{ {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-dif luorobenzyl) -3- [ (6-ethyl-3 , 4- dihydro-2ff-chromen-4-yl) amino] - 2 -hydroxypropyl } -N' phenylurea ;
Figure imgf000173_0004
N-{ {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (6- isopropyl-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4-yl) amino] propyl} jV1 -phenylurea;
Figure imgf000174_0001
N- [ (1S.2R) -1- (3, 5-dif luorobenzyl) -3- ({6- [ (dimethylamino) methyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4- yl} amino) -2 -hydroxypropyl] -N -phenylurea;
Figure imgf000174_0002
phenyl { {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6-ethyl- 3 , -dihydro-2H-chromen-4-yl) amino] -2- hydroxypropyl } carbamate ;
Figure imgf000174_0003
phenyl { (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3' [ (6-isopropyl-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4- yl ) amino] propyl } carbamate ;
Figure imgf000174_0004
phenyl [ {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ({6- [ (dimethylamino) methyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4- yl}amino) -2 -hydroxypropyl] carbamate;
Figure imgf000175_0001
N-{ {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6-ethyl-3,4- dihydro-Iff-isochromen-4 -yl) amino] - 2 - hydroxypropyl } N' -phenylurea;
Figure imgf000175_0002
N-{ {1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-dif luorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [(6- isopropyl -3 , 4-dihydro-lff-isochromen-4- yl ) amino] propyl } - JV' -phenylurea ;
Figure imgf000175_0003
N- [{1S,2R) •1- (3, 5-dif luorobenzyl) -3- <{'
[ (dimethylamino) methyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isochromen- yl}amino) -2 -hydroxypropyl] -N' -phenylurea;
Figure imgf000175_0004
phenyl { {1S,2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [(6-ethyl- 3 , 4-dihydro-lff-isochromen-4-yl) amino] -2- hydroxypropyl }carbamate,-
Figure imgf000176_0001
phenyl { (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (6-isopropyl-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isochromen-4- yl) amino] propyl } carbamate ;
Figure imgf000176_0002
phenyl [ (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ( {6- [ (dimethylamino) ethyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isochromen- yl } amino) -2 -hydroxypropyl] carbamate ;
-3- -jV1, jV1-
Figure imgf000176_0003
2-{ [ ({ (IS, 21?) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3 - tO- rnethoxybenzyl) amino] propyl }amino) carbonyl] amino} ■ N, IV-dipropylethanesulfonamide . It should be noted that, as used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to a composition containing "a compound" includes a mixture of two or more compounds. It should also be noted that the term "or" is generally employed in its sense including "and/or" unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. Unless defined otherwise, all scientific and technical terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
All patents and publications referred to herein are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes . The invention has been described with reference to various specific and preferred embodiments and techniques . However, it should be understood that many variations and modifications may be made while remaining within the spirit and scope of the invention.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000178_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof; wherein X is -(C=0)-, -(C=S)-, - S(0)nl- or - (C=N-Z) , wherein Z = R20 or -OR20, and wherein nl is 0, 1 or 2 ,-
T is absent, NR20, or 0, with the proviso that when X is - (C=0) , T is not absent; wherein each R20 is independently H, -CN, C1-6 alkyl or alkenyl, Cι-6 haloalkyl or C-7 cycloalkyl, with the proviso that when Z is R20 or -OR20, R2o is not -CN; wherein Rx is - (CH2) ι-2-S (O) 0-2- (Cι-C3 alkyl), or
C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -N(R) C (O) R' - , -OC (=0) -amino and 0C(=0)-mono- or dialkylamino, or C2-C3 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C;L-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino, or aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -Cι-C3 alkyl-aryl, -Cι-C6 alkyl-heteroaryl , or -Cx-Cg alkyl -heterocyclyl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -NR105R'ιo5, -C02R, N(R)COR', or -N(R)S02R', -C (=0) - (Cι-C4) alkyl, -S02- amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (Cχ-C4) alkyl, or Cι-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cx-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Cι~C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C -C3 alkyl, or
C2-C10 alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with OXO ; R and R' independently are hydrogen, Cι-C10 alkyl, Cι-C10 alkylaryl or C1-C10 alkylheteroaryl ; wherein Rc is
(I) - [-(CH2) (o-s)- (CH) (alkyl (alkyl2) ] , where alkyli and alkyl2 are stratight or branched C2-ιo alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, and wherein alkyli and alkyl2 attach to the same or different methylene carbon with the remaining open methylene valences occupied by hydrogen, thus forming a branched alkyl chain having between 8 and 20 carbon atoms in total; the alkyl groups, alkyli and alkyl2 being optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH,
-SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, -O-phenyl, -C(0)d-C3 alkyl, -NRι_aRι_b where Rι_a and Rx_b are -H or Ci-Cg alkyl, -OC=0 NRι_aRι_b, -S (=0)0-2, -NRι_aC=0 NRι_aRι-b, -C=0 NRι_aRι_b, and - S(=0)2 NRι_aRι-b; (II) -(C(Rc-x) (Rc-y) ) (0-) -Rc-cycle wherein each Rc-x and Rc-y is independently chosen from: H
Ci - Cg alkyl Ci - C6 alkoxy
C2-C6 alkenyl or alkynyl
- (CH2) 0- -Rc-cycle where Rc-cycle is as defined below and Rc-x and Rc-y may be taken together with the methylene carbon to which they jointly attach to form a spirocyclic ring of 3 to 7 atoms comprising carbon and up to 2 of 0, S (O) (o-2) and NRa. , wherein is Ra. is H or Cι_4 alkyl ; wherein the spirocyclic ring may be fused to another ring to provide a bicyclic ring system comprising carbon and up to 2 of O, S (0) (0-2) and NRa.. and comprising up to 9 atoms in total including, Rc-cycle is an aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl ring or a fused-ring system consisting of no more than three rings where each of the rings is the same or different and is an aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl ring wherein Rc-cycle is optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from:
(1) Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C!-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, and -NRι-aRι_b,
(2) C2-C6 alkenyl or alkynyl with one or two unsaturated bonds, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of -F, - Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, and -NRι-aRι-b,
(3 ) halogen,
(4 ) Cx-C alkoxy,
(5) -Ci-Cg alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two, or three of -F, (6) -NRN.gRN-7 where R-g and RN-7 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of :
(a) -H,
(b) -Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one substitutent selected from the group consisting of:
(i) -OH, and (ii) -NH2,
(c) -Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with one to three -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I,
(d) -C3-C7 cycloalkyl,
(e) - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ,
(f) -(Ci-Cg alkyl) -0-(Cι-C3 alkyl),
(g) -C2-C6 alkenyl with one or two double bonds,
(h) -C -C6 alkynyl with one or two triple bonds,
(i) -Ci-Cg alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, (j) -Rι-aryi where Rι-aryι is as defined above , and
(k) -Ri-heteroaryl where Rl-heteroaryl IS as defined above ,
(7) -OH, (8) -C≡N,
(9) C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of -F, -Cl, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and
(10) -CO- (Cι-C4 alkyl),
(11) -S02-NRι_aRι.b,
(12) -CO-NRι-aRι_b,
(13) -SO2- (C1-C4 alkyl) , and when there is a saturated carbon atom in Rc-cycle (14) oxo,
(15) oxime
(16) ketal rings of 5 to 7 members, and
(17) a spirocyclic ring having from 3 to 7 atoms comprising carbon and when the ring size is 4-7 atoms optionally up to 2 of O, S (O) (0-2) and NRa.. (IV) - (CRC-xRc-y) 0-4- heteroaryl ,
(III) - (CRc-xRc-y) 0- -aryl -aryl ,
(IV) - (CRC-xRC-y) 0-4-aryl -heteroaryl, (V) - (CRc_xRc-y) o-4- heteroaryl -aryl,
(VI) - (CRc-χRc-y) 0-4- heteroaryl -heteroaryl,
(VII) - (CRC-χRc-y) o-4- aryl -heterocycle,
(VIII ) - (CRc-χRc-y) 0-4-heteroaryl -heterocycle ,
( IX) - (CRc-χRc-y) 0-4-heterocycle-aryl , (X) - (CRc.χRC-y) 0-4-heterocycle-heteroaryl ,
(XI) - (CRc-χRc-y) 0-4- heterocycle-heterocycle,
(XII) -[C(Rc-ι) (Rc-2)]ι-3- [CO] 0-ι~N- (RC-3) 2 where each Rc-ι is the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of: H, Cx_4 alkyl and CX- alkoxy and where each Rc-2 and Rc-3 is independently selected from
(A) -Ci-Cg alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C6 alkoxy, -O- phenyl, and -NRι-aRι- , (B) C2-C6 alkenyl or alkynyl with one or two unsaturated bonds, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C6 alkoxy, -O- phenyl , and
(C) - (CH2)i_2-S (0)0-2- (Ci-Cg alkyl),
(D) - (CH2) o-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3/ Cx-Cg alkoxy, -O- phenyl, -NRi- aRι-b,
(E) - (CH2) o-4-5-7 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C!-C3 alkyl, -F, -Cl,
-Br, -I, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C5 alkoxy, -O- phenyl, oxo, -NRX-aRι-b,
(XIII) -CH(aryl)2 where each aryl is the same or different, (XIV) -CH (heteroaryl) 2 where each heteroaryl is the same or different and are as defined above,
(XVIII) -CH (aryl) (heteroaryl) , wherein RN is R'ioo, - (CRR' ) ι-6R'ιoo, - (CRR' ) 0-SRιoo, - (CRR' ) i-β-O- R'IOO, - (CRR')ι-g-S-R'ιoo, - (CRR' ) i-g-C (=0) -R100, -(CRR')ι-g- S02-Rιoo, - (CRR')i-6-NRioo-R'ioo or -SO2R'ι00, with the proviso that when RN is -S02R'ιoo, i not -S(=0)n- or - C(=S)-; wherein Rioo and R'ioo independently represent aryl, heteroaryl, -aryl- W-aryl, -aryl-W-heteroaryl, -aryl-W-heterocyclyl , -heteroaryl-W-aryl, -heteroaryl-W-heteroaryl ,
-heteroaryl-W- heterocyclyl, -heterocyclyl-W-aryl , -heterocyclyl-W-heteroaryl, -heterocyclyl-W-heterocyclyl , -CH[(CH2)o-2-0-R150]- (CH2) 0-2-aryl, -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] -(CH2)0- 2-heterocyclyl or -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] - (CH2) 0-2-heteroaryl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from
-OR, -N02, halogen, -C≡N, -0CF3, -CF3, -(CH2)0-4-O-
P(=0) (OR) (OR') , - (CH2)o-4-CO-NR105R'ι05, -(CH2)0-4-O- (CH2)0-4-CONRio2Rio2', ~(CH2) 0-4-CO- (Ci-Ci2 alkyl) , -(CH2)0-
4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkynyl) ,
- (CH2) 0-4-CO- (CH2) 0-4 (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-Rno,
- (CH2 ) o-4-Ri2o, - (CH2) o- -Rι3o, - (CH) o-4 _CO-Rno, - (CH2) 0-4- CO-R120, - (CH2)o-4-CO-R130, - (CH2)o-4-CO-R140, - (CH2) 0-4- CO-0-Rιso, -(CH2)o-4-S02-NRi05R'io5, - (CH2) 0- -SO- (d-C8 alkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (Cι-Cι2 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (CH2)0-4- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (CH2) 0- -N (R1S0) -CO-O-Rι50, - (CH2) 0-4-N (Riso) -CO-N(Riso) 2, - (CH2) 0- -N (Riso) -CS- N (Riso) 2, - (CH2) 0-4-N (Riso) -CO-R105, - (CH2) o- -NRι05R' IOS,
-(CH2)0-4-Ri4o, -(CH2)0-4-O-CO- (Ci-Cg alkyl) , -(CH2)0- -O- P(0)-(0-Rιιo)2, -(CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(Ri5o)2, - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS- N (Riso) 2, - (CH2)o-4-0- (Riso) , - (CH2) 0-4-O-Rι50' -COOH, - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R150) , - (CH2) 0-4-N (R150) -S02-Rιo5, -(CH2)o-4~ C3-C7 cycloalkyl, (C2-Cι0) alkenyl , or (C2-Cι0) alkynyl, or R10o is C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R115 groups , or Rioo is - (Ci-Cg alkyl) -O-Ci-Cg alkyl) or -(Ci-Cg alkyl) -S- (Ci-Cg alkyl), each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R115 groups, or Rioo is C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3
R115 groups ,- W is -(CH2)o-4-, -0-, -S (0)0-2-, -N(Ri35)-, -CR(OH)- or -C(O)-; R102 and R102' independently are hydrogen, or
C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, aryl or -Ruo; R105 and R'105 independently represent -H, -Ruo, -R120, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cι-C3 alkyl) -O- (Cι-C3 alkyl), C2-Ce alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, or C - Cζ alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, or
Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with -OH or -NH2; or, Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, or
R105 and R'105 together with the atom to which they are attached form a 3 to 7 membered carbocylic ring, where one member is optionally a heteratom selected from -0-, -S (0)0-2-, - N(R135)-, the ring being optionally substituted with 1, 2 or three Rι40 groups; Rn5 at each occurrence is independently halogen, -OH, -CO2R102, -Cx-Cg thioalkoxy, -C02-phenyl, -N ι05R'ι35, -S02- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -C(=O)R180, Riso, -CONRι05R' xos , -SO2NR105R' ι05, - H-CO- (Ci-Cg alkyl) , -NH-C (=0) -OH, -NH-C (=0) -OR, -NH-C(=0)-0- phenyl, -O-C (=0) - (Cx-Cg alkyl) , -0-C (=0) -amino, -0-C(=0)- ono- or dialkylamino, -O-C (=0) -phenyl , -O- (Cχ-C6 alkyl) - C02H, -NH-S02- (Cι-C5 alkyl), Cι-C6 alkoxy or Ci-Cg haloalkoxy;
Rχ35 is Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (aryl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , or - (CH2)o-2- (heterocyclyl) ; Ri40 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Cι-Ce alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono(Cχ- C6) alkylamino, di (Cχ-C6) alkylamino, C2-Cg alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cχ-Cg haloalkyl, Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Cχ~ C6) alkyl, mono (Cι-C3) alkylamino (Cχ-C5) alkyl, di (Cx- Ce) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, and =0;
Rχ50 is hydrogen, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cχ-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Ruo, -R120, or Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, C1-C3 alkoxy, Ruo, and halogen; Riso' is C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cχ-C3 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), C2- C5 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, Cχ-C6 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Ruo, -R120, or Cχ-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, Ruo, and halogen; R180 is selected from morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Ci- Cs alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cι-C3) alkylamino, di (Cι-C6) alkylamino, C -C5 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, Cι-C6 haloalkyl, Cι-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, mono (Cι-C6) alkylamino (Cι-C3) alkyl, di {C - C6) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl , and =0; Ruo is aryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rι25 groups;
Rι25 at each occurrence is independently halogen, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -OH, -C≡N, -S02-NH2, -S02-NH-Cι-C6 alkyl, -S02-N(Cι-C5 alkyl) 2, -S02- (Cι-C alkyl), -C0-NH2, -CO-NH- Ci-Cg alkyl, or -CO-N(Cι-C6 alkyl) 2, or Ci-C alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 al ynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently selected from Cι-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- and dialkylamino, or Ci-C alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two or three of halogen; Rι20 is heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
Ri2s groups,- and RX3o is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rι25 groups; and
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from the group consisting of Cι-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, and -NRι_aRι_b ; wherein
Rι-a and Rx_b are -H or Cι-C3 alkyl ;
- (CH2 ) 0-4 -aryl ; - (CH2 ) 0- -heteroaryl ; C2 - Cs alkenyl ; C2 -C6 alkynyl ; -CONRN.2RN_3 ; -S02NRN-2RN_3 ; - C02H; and -C02 - (Cι-C4 alkyl ) ,- R3 is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-Ce alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Cχ-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, and - NRι_aRι-b; - (CH2) 0- -aryl ; - (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl ; C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkynyl; -CO-NRN_2RN_3; -S02-NRN-2RN-3; -C02H; and - CO- 0- (Cι-C4 alkyl) ; wherein
RN-2 and RN-3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Cι-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -
OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cx-
C2 alkyl) - (C3-Cβ cycloalkyl); - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -O- (Cx-C3 alkyl); -C2-C5 alkenyl; -C2-C3 alkynyl; -Cχ-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl ; heterocycloalkyl ; or
RN-2, RN-3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently Ci-Cg alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, halo Cι-C6 alkyl, halo Cι-C6 alkoxy, -CN, -N02, -NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), N(C1-CS alkyl) (Cχ-Cδ alkyl), -OH, -C(0)NH2, -C (0) NH (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -C(0)N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl) , Cι-C6 alkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 thioalkoxy, and Cι-C6 thioalkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl; or
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NRN-2-.
2. A compound of the formula :
Figure imgf000188_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof; wherein X, T, R20, Ri, R2, R3 and Rc are as defined in claim 1 and wherein RN is
Z1 ,.(CH2)n7-CH- Y X R4 wherein
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H; NH2; -NH-
(CH2)n6-R4-ι; -NHR8; -NR50C (O) R5 ; C1-C4 alkyl -NHC (0) R5 ; - (CH2) o-4R8; -O-C1-C4 alkanoyl; OH; C3-Cι0 aryloxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, Cι-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -C(0)-Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or Cχ-C4 alkoxy; Cχ-C3 alkoxy; aryl Cχ-C4 alkoxy; -NR50CO2R5X; -Cχ-C alkyl -NR50CO2Rsι; -C≡N; -CF3; -CF2-CF3; -C≡CH; -CH2-CH=CH2; - (CH2) 1-4-R4-1; - (CH2) X-4-NH-R -ι; -O- (CH2) n6"R4-ι; — S- (CH2) ng-R -χ;
- (CH2) o- -NHC (O) - (CH2) 0-6-R52 ,' ~ (CH2) o- - ss- (CH2) 0-4-R54 wherein n6 is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n7 is 0, 1, 2, or 3; R -χ is selected from the group consisting of -S02- (Cχ-C8 alkyl) , -SO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl) , -S- (Cχ-C8 alkyl) , -S-CO-
(Cx-C6 alkyl), -S02-NR4-2R4-3; -CO-Cx-C2 alkyl; -CO-NR4_
3R -4 ; R -2 and R4-3 are independently H, Cx-C3 alkyl, or C3-C3 cycloalkyl;
R4.4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl ,-
R -6 is-H or Cx-C6 alkyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl; Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NRSR7, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C6 heteroaryl, C6-Cι0 aryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl Cχ-C4 alkyl, -S-C1-C4 alkyl, -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -CONR6R7, -C02- Cx-C4 alkyl, C6-Cι0 aryloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C1-C4 haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, halogen, or C2-C4 alkanoyl; aryl optionally substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, OH, Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, or Cχ-C4 haloalkyl; and -NRεR7; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C3 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S02-Cχ-C4 alkyl, phenyl Cχ-C4 alkyl; R8 is selected from the group consisting of -S02- heteroaryl, -S02-aryl, -S02-heterocycloalkyl, -S02-Cχ- C o alkyl, -C(0)NHR9, heterocycloalkyl, -S-Cχ-C6 alkyl, -S-C2-C4 alkanoyl, wherein
R9 is aryl Cχ-C alkyl, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or H; R50 is H or Cχ-C6 alkyl; R51 is selected from the group consisting of aryl Cχ-C4 alkyl; Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NR6R7/ -C(0)NR6R7, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or -C1-C4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C2-C4 alkanoyl, aryl Cχ-C4 alkyl, and -S02 Cχ-C alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, Cχ-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(Cι-C3 alkyl) or N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cχ-C6 alkyl) ; heteroarylalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(Cχ-C6 alkyl) or N(Cχ-C3 alkyl) (Cχ-C6 alkyl) ; aryl; heterocycloalkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and cycloalkylalkyl; wherein the aryl; heterocycloalkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 groups that are independently halogen, CN, N02, Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxy, C2-C3 alkanoyl, Cι-C6 haloalkyl, Cι-C6 haloalkoxy, hydroxy, Cι-C3 hydroxyalkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy
Ci-Cg alkyl, Cι-C6 thioalkoxy, Cι-C6 thioalkoxy Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Cχ-C6 alkoxy Cχ-C6 alkoxy; R52 is heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
-S(O)0-2-C -Cs alkyl, C02H, -C(0)NH2, -C (0) NH (alkyl) , -C (0)N (alkyl) (alkyl) , -C02-alkyl, -NHS (O) 0-2-Cχ-C6 alkyl, -N (alkyl) S (O) 0-2-Cχ-C6 alkyl, -S (O) 0-2- heteroaryl, -S (O) 0-2~aryl , -NH (arylalkyl) , -N(alkyl) (arylalkyl), thioalkoxy, or alkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, or aminocarbonyl; R53 is absent, -0-, -C(O)-, -NH- , -N (alkyl)-, -NH-S (O) 0-2- , -N(alkyl) -S(O)0-2-, -S (O) 0-2-NH- , -S (0) 0-2- N (alkyl) - , -NH-C(S)-, or -N (alkyl) -C (S) - ;
R5 is heteroaryl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C02H, -COa-alkyl, -C (0) NH (alkyl) , -C (0) N (alkyl) (alkyl), -C(0)NH2, Cχ-C8 alkyl, OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, arylalkoxy, NH2, NH (alkyl), N (alkyl) (alkyl), or -Cx- C6 alkyl-C02-Cx-C6 alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, C02H, -C02-alkyl, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, or aminocarbonyl ; X' is selected from the group consisting of -Cχ-C3 alkylidenyl optionally optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; and -NR4_6-; or
R4 and R4_6 combine to form -(CH2)nl0-, wherein nxo is 1, 2, 3, or 4; Z' is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S02; SO; S; and C (0) ; Y is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-C4 haloalkyl; C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl; C6-Cι0 aryl; OH; -N(Yι)(Y2); Ci-Ci0 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Cι-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02 ; wherein
Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-Ce alkanoyl; phenyl; -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl; phenyl C1-C4 alkyl; or C3-C8 cycloalkyl C1-C alkyl; or Yi, Y2 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently
Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, Cι-C6 alkoxy Cι-C3 alkyl, or halogen.
3. A compound according to claim 1 of the formula
Figure imgf000192_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof wherein Rc is selected from - (CH2) 0-3- (C3-C8) cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -R2os; and -C02- (Cx-C4 alkyl) ; - (CR245R25o) 0-4-aryl; - (CR2 5R250) 0- -heteroaryl ;
- (CR245R25o) o-4-heterocycloalkyl ; - (CR245R25o) 0-4-aryl- heteroaryl ; - (CR245R250) 0-4-aryl-heterocycloalkyl ;
- (CR245R250) o-4-aryl -aryl; - (CR2 5R25o) 0-4-heteroaryl-aryl ; - (CR245R25o) 0-4-heteroaryl-heterocycloalkyl; - (CR 5R2so) 0-4- heteroaryl -heteroaryl ; -CHR245-CHR250-aryl ; - (CR24sR25o) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl ; - (C 245R2so) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl -heterocycloalkyl ; - (CR24sR25o) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl-aryl; a monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 5, 6, 7 8, 9, or 10 carbons fused to 1 or 2 aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl groups ; wherein 1, 2 or 3 carbons of the monocyclic or bicyclic ring are optionally replaced with -NH- , -N (CO) 0-1R215- ,
-N(CO) 0-1R220- , -0-, or -S (=0)0-2-, and wherein the monocyclic or bicyclic ring is optionally substituted with
1, 2 or 3 groups that are independently -Ros, -R245, -R250 or =0; and -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3
R20S groups; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group attached directly or indirectly to the - (CR2 5R250) o- group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 R20o groups; wherein each heterocycloalkyl attached directly or indirectly to the - (CR24sR25o) 0-4 group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2ι0;
R200 at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -OH; -N0 ; -halogen; -C≡N;
- (CH2) o-4-CO-NR220R22s; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cι-Cβ alkyl) ;
- (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C8 alkenyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C8 alkynyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0- 4- (CO) o-i-aryl; - (CH2) 0-4- (CO) 0_ι-heteroaryl ;
- (CH2) o-4- (CO) o-i-heterocycloalkyl ; - (CH2) 0-4- C02R2ι5; - (CH2) o-4-S02-NR220R225; - (CH2) o-4~S (O) 0-2-
(Cι-C8 alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-S (O) 0-2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl); - (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R215) -C02R2ι5; - (CH2) 0-4- (H or R215) -SO2-R220; - (CH2) 0-4-N(H or
R2ιs)-CO-N(R2i5)2; -(CH2) 0-4-N (-H or R2X5) -CO-R220;
- (CH2) o-4-NR220R225; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO- (Cχ-C6 alkyl) ;
- (CH2)o-4-0-(R2χ5) ; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R215) ; - (CH2) 0_4-O- (Cχ-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 5 -F) ; -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R20s groups; -C2-C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R20s groups; adamantly, and -(CH2)0-4- C3-C7 cycloalkyl ; each aryl and heteroaryl group included within
R20o is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently -R2os, -R210 or -Cχ-C6 alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205 or R2ιo; each heterocycloalkyl group included within R20o is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently Rι0; t each occurrence is independently selected from -Cι-C6 alkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C3 alkynyl, -Cx- C6 haloalkoxy, - (CH2) 0_3 (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), halogen, - (CH2) 0-6-OH, -O-phenyl, OH, SH, -(CH2)0-
Figure imgf000193_0001
alkoxy, Cι-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, and -NR235R24o; R210 at each occurrence is independently selected from
-Cχ-Ce alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; Cχ-C3 alkanoyl; -S02- (Cχ-C6 alkyl); -C -C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -halogen; -Cχ-C6 alkoxy; -Cχ-C6 haloalkoxy; -NR220R225; -OH; -C≡N; -C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -CO- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); _S02-NR235R24o; -
CO-NR23SR2o; -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); and =0; R215 at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0.2- (aryl) , -C2-C6 alkenyl, -- C2-C6 alkynyl, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -(CH2)0-2- (heteroaryl), and - (CH2) 0_2- (heterocycloalkyl) ; wherein the aryl group included within R215 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently -R20s or -R21o; wherein the heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl groups included within R21s are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2χ0; R220 at each occurrence is independently H, -Cχ-C6 alkyl, -CHO, hydroxy Cχ-C6 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -amino Cχ-C6 alkyl, -S02-Cχ-C3 alkyl, Cχ-C6 alkanoyl optionally substituted with up to three halogens, -C(0)NH2, -C(0)NH(Cχ- C6 alkyl), -C(0)N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl), -halo Cι-C3 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -0- (C1-C3 alkyl), -C2-C6 alkenyl, - C2-C6 alkynyl, -aryl, -heteroaryl, or
-heterocycloalkyl; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl groups included within R220 and R225 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R270 groups, R270 at each occurrence is independently -R0s, -
Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1,
2, or 3 R205 groups; -C2-C3 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; -C2-C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; - phenyl; -halogen; -Cι-C6 alkoxy; -Cι-C6 haloalkoxy; -NR235R240; -OH; -C≡N; -C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -CO- (Cι-C4 alkyl);
-S02-NR235R24o; -CO-NR235R240; -S02- (C1-C4 alkyl) ; and =0; R235 and R240 at each occurrence are independently -H, -Ci-Cβ alkyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, -S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or -phenyl;
R2 5 and R2s0 at each occurrence are independently selected from H, - (CH2)0-4CO2Ci-C4 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-C (=0) Cι-C4 alkyl, -Cx-C4 alkyl, -Cx-C4 hydroxyalkyl, -Cx-C alkoxy, -Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, - (CH) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2- Cs alkynyl, - (CH2) 0-4 aryl, - (CH2) 0.4 heteroaryl, and ~(CH2)o-4 heterocycloalkyl, or R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, 2, or 3 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by 1, 2, or 3 gropus that are independently -0- , -S-, -S02-, -C(0)-, -NR220-, or -NR220R220- wherein both R220 groups are alkyl; and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH2, NH(Cχ-Ce alkyl), N(CX-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl), -NH-C(0)Cι-C5 alkyl, -NH-S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or halogen; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl groups included within R245 and R250 are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independenly halogen, Cι_6 alkyl, CN or OH.
4. A compound according to claim 3, wherein Ri is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, rαono- dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups;
R50 is halogen, OH, CN, -CO- (C1-C4 alkyl), -NR7R8, Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
R7 and R8 are selected from H; -C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from -OH, -NH2 and halogen; -C3-C6 cycloalkyl; - (C1-C4 alkyl) -0- (C1-C4 alkyl); -C2-C4 alkenyl; and -C2-C4 alkynyl; Rc is selected from - (CR245R25o) o-4-aryl ; - (CR245R25o) 0- -heteroaryl ; - (CR245R25o) 0-4-heterocycloalkyl ; where the aryl and heteroaryl groups attached to the - (CR245R25o) 0-4- group are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 R20o groups; where the heterocycloalkyl group attached to the - (CR245R25o) o-4 group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2i0 groups; and
R245 R5o, R200, and R2X0 are as defined above.
5. A compound according to claim4, wherein
Rc is - (CR245R25o) 0-4-heterocycloalkyl ; where the heterocycloalkyl group attached to the - (CR245R25o) 0-4- group is optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , 3 , or 4 R2X0 groups , wherein R2 5 , R250 , and R2ιo are as defined above .
6. A compound according to claim 5 , wherein Rx is Cχ-Cχo alkyl substituted with one aryl group, where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups ; Rc is - (CR245R250) ι-4-aryl or - (CR245R25o) ι_4-heteroaryl , R2 5 and R250 are independently selected from H, - (CH2) 0- 4CO2C1-C4 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-4CO2H, -Cχ-C4 alkyl, - (Cχ-C4 alkyl) OH, or R245, R250 and the carbon to which they are attached form a monocycle or bicycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1 or 2 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by -0-, -S-, -S02-, or -NR220-, where R220 is as defined above; and wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups attached to the - (CR2 5R25o) χ-4- groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R200 groups .
7. A compound according to claim 3 , wherein Rc is (CR245R2so) χ-aryl, where the aryl (preferably phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably phenyl) is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20o groups; and R245 is H and R250 is H or Cχ-C6 alkyl; or
R245 and R2S0 are independently Cχ-C3 alkyl (preferably both are methyl) ; or CR245R25o represents a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
8. A compound according to claim 7, wherein the (CR245R25o) χ-aryl is (CR245R25o) x-phenyl where the phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20o groups.
9. A compound according to claim 8, wherein the phenyl in (CR245R25o) 1-phenyl is substituted with 1-3 independently selected R20o groups, or 1 or 2 independently selected R20o groups, and
1 heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 R20o group or 1 phenyl group optionally substituted with 1 R200 group.
10. A compound according to claim 8, wherein R24s is hydrogen and R250 is Cχ-C3 alkyl.
11. A compound according to claim 8, wherein R2 5 and R250 are both hydrogen.
12. A compound according to claim 8, wherein the phenyl in (CR2 5R25o) i-phenyl is substituted with (a) 1 R20o group and 1 heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 R20o group; or
(b) 1 R20o group and 1 phenyl group optionally substituted with 1 R20o group; or
(c) 1 R2oo group, and 1 heterocycloalkyl which is optionally substituted with one R20o or =0.
13. A compound according to claim 12, wherein CR245R25o represents a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
14. A compound according to claim 12, wherein CR245R25o represents a C5-C cycloalkyl group.
15. A compound according to claim 12, wherein CR2 5R250 represents a C3-C3 cycloalkyl group.
16. A compound according to claim 12, wherein CR245R25o represents a C6 cycloalkyl .
17. A compound according to claim 8, wherein the phenyl in (CR245R25o) i-phenyl is substituted with
1 R200 group; or
1 R200 group and one heteroaryl group optionally substituted with one R2oo group or 1 R200 group and one phenyl group optionally substituted with one R2oo group .
18. A compound according to claim 8, wherein the phenyl in (CR245R250) i-phenyl is substituted with 1 R200 group.
19. A compound selected from the group consisting of: phenyl ( { 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (IS) -7- ethyl -1,2,3,4 -1etrahydronaphthalen-1-yl] amino} -2 - hydroxypropyl) carbamate ; methyl {3S) -3- { [ {2R, 3S) -3- [ (anilinocarbonyl) amino] -4- (3 , 5-difluorophenyl) -2-hydroxybutyl] amino} -3- (3- bromophenyl) propanoate ;
N- { { 1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [4- (3- ethylphenyl) tetrahydro-2Jf-p ran-4-yl] amino} -2- hydroxypropyl ) -N' -phenylurea;
N- { ( 1S. 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4J2) -6-ethyl- 2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lff-isothiochromen-4-yl] amino} -2- hydroxypropyl) methanesulfonamide ;
N-benzyl -iV' - ( { 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4i?) - 6-ethyl-2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) urea ;
N- { {1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4i?) -6-ethyl- 2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lJ_"-isothiochromen-4-yl] amino} -2- hydroxypropyl ) -N' -phenylurea;
N- { { 1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ {4R) -6-ethyl- 2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isothiochromen-4-yl] amino} -2- hydroxypropyl) -N' -propylurea;
N- (sec-butyl) -N' - { { 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- { [ (4i?) -6-ethyl-2,2-dioxido-3, 4-dihydro-lff-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) urea; phenyl ( {1S, 2R) - 1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ {4R) -6- ethyl-2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lff-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) carbamate; ethyl ( { 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [ (4i?) -6- ethyl-2 , 2-dioxido-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isothiochromen-4- yl] amino} -2 -hydroxypropyl) carbamate ;
N- { {1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6-ethyl-3 , 4- dihydro-2H-chromen-4-yl) amino] -2 -hydroxypropyl } -J\F' - phenylurea;
N- { {1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (6- isopropyl-3 , 4 -dihydro-2H-chromen-4-yl) amino] propyl } -N' - phenylurea;
N- [ {1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ({6- [ (dimethylamino) methyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4-yl }amino) - 2 -hydroxypropyl] -N' -phenylurea; phenyl { (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6-ethyl- 3 , 4-dihydro-2Jf-chromen-4-yl) amino] -2- hydroxypropyl } carbamate ; phenyl { (IS, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2 -hydroxy-3- [ (6-isopropyl-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4- yl) amino] propyl } carbamate ,- phenyl [ (lS,2i?) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ({6- [ (dimethylamino) methyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-2H-chromen-4-yl }amino) - 2 -hydroxypropyl] carbamate ;
N- { (1S,2J?) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6-ethyl-3 , 4- dihydro-lH-isochromen-4-yl) amino] -2-hydroxypropyl } -N' - phenylurea;
N- { {1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (6- isopropyl-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isochromen-4-yl) amino] propyl }-I\T - phenylurea;
N- [ { 1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ({6- [ (dimethylamino) methyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-lff-isochromen-4- yl} mino) -2 -hydroxypropyl] -N' -phenylurea; phenyl { (IS, 21?) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6-ethyl- 3 , 4-dihydro-lIϊ-isochromen-4-yl) amino] -2- hydroxypropyl } carbamate ; phenyl { { 1S. 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (6-isopropyl-3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isochromen-4- yl) amino] propyl } carbamate ; phenyl [ { 1S, 2R) -1- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ({6- [ (dimethylamino) ethyl] -3 , 4-dihydro-lH-isochromen-4- yl} amino) -2 -hydroxypropyl] carbamate;
N2 - [ ({ (1S,2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (3- methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl } amino) carbonyl] -N1 , N1-dipropyl- b-alaninamide; and
2-{ [ ({ { 1S, 2R) -1- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -2-hydroxy-3- [ (3- methoxybenzyl) amino] propyl } amino) carbonyl] amino} -N, N- dipropylethanesulfonamide .
20. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000201_0001
wherein R is selected from - (CH2) o_3- (C3-C8) cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -R2os; and -C02- (Cχ-C alkyl); - (CR245R25o) o-4-aryl; - (CR2 SR25o) o-4-heteroaryl ;
- (CR245R25o) o-4-heterocycloalkyl; - (CR245R25o) o-4-aryl- heteroaryl; - (CR245R25o) o-4-aryl-heterocycloalkyl ;
- (CR245R250) o_4-aryl-aryl; - (CR245R250) 0-4-heteroaryl-aryl ;
- (CR245R25o) 0-4-heteroaryl -heterocycloalkyl; - (CR2 5R25o) 0-4- heteroaryl -heteroaryl ; -CHR45-CHR250-aryl; - (CR245R25o) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl -heteroaryl ; - (CR2 5R25o) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl -heterocycloalkyl; - (CR245R250) 0-4- heterocycloalkyl -aryl ; a monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 5, 6, 7 8, 9, or 10 carbons fused to 1 or 2 aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl groups; wherein 1, 2 or 3 carbons of the monocyclic or bicyclic ring are optionally replaced with -NH-, -N(CO) 0-1R215- , -N(CO) 0-1R220-, -0-, or -S (=0)0-2-, and wherein the monocyclic or bicyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 groups that are independently -R2os, - 245, -R250 or =0; and -C2-C3 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group attached directly or indirectly to the - (CR2 5R25o) o- group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 R20o groups; wherein each heterocycloalkyl attached directly or indirectly to the - (CR245R2so) o- group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2χo;
R0o at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cχ-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -OH; -N02; -halogen; -C≡N;
- (CH2) o-4-CO-NR220R225; - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (Cχ-C8 alkyl) ;
- (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C8 alkenyl) ; - (CH2) Q_4-CO- (C2-C8 alkynyl) ,- - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0- 4- (CO) 0-1-aryl; - (CH2) 0-4- (CO) 0-1-heteroaryl; - (CH2) 0-4- (CO) 0-1-heterocycloalkyl; - (CH2)0-4-
C02R2χ5; - (CH2)o-4-S02-NR22oR 25; - (CH2) 0-4-S (0) 0-2- (d-Cβ alkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-S (O) 0-2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) ; - (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R2χ5) -C02R2χ5;
- (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R215) -SO2-R220; - (CH2) 0-4-N (H or R ιs) -CO-N(R2ι5)2; - (CH2) 0_4-N ( -H or R215) -CO-R220;
- (CH2) o-4-NR220R225; - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO- (Cι-C6 alkyl) ;
- (CH2) 0-4-O- (R215) ; - (CH2) 0-4-S- (R2i5) ; _ (CH2) o-4-0- (Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 5 -F) ; -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R205 groups; -C2-C3 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R205 groups; adamantly, and -(CH2)0-4- C3-C cycloalkyl ; each aryl and heteroaryl group included within
R200 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
3 groups that are independently -R2os, -R210 or -Cι-C3 alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205 or R2Xo; each heterocycloalkyl group included within R200 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R2X0;
R205 at each occurrence is independently selected from -Cx-C3 alkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, -Cx-
C6 haloalkoxy, - (CH2) 0-3 (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), halogen, - (CH2) o-s-OH, -O-phenyl, OH, SH, - (CH2) 0- S-C≡N, - (CH2)o-6-C(=0)NR235R240, -CF3, -Cx-C6 alkoxy, Cι-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, and -NR235R24o; R2X0 at each occurrence is independently selected from
-Cx-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; Cx-C3 alkanoyl; -S02- (Cx-C3 alkyl); -C2-C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; -halogen; -Cx-C6 alkoxy; -Cx-C6 haloalkoxy; -NR220R2s; -OH; -C≡N; -C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -CO- (Cx-C4 alkyl); -SO2.NR235R240; - CO-NR235R24o; -S02- (Cχ-C4 alkyl); and =0;
R215 at each occurrence is independently selected from
-Cι-Ce alkyl, - (CH2) 0.2- (aryl) , -C2-C6 alkenyl, --
C2-C6 alkynyl, -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -(CH2)0-2-
(heteroaryl) , and - (CH2)0-2- (heterocycloalkyl) ,- wherein the aryl group included within R2ιS is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently -R2os or -Rιo; wherein the heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl groups included within R2X5 are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2ιo ;
R2 0 at each occurrence is independently H, -Cι-C3 alkyl, -CHO, hydroxy Cι-C6 alkyl, Cχ-Cδ alkoxycarbonyl, -amino Cι-C6 alkyl, -S02-C!-C6 alkyl, Cι-C3 alkanoyl optionally substituted with up to three halogens, -C(0)NH2, -C(0)NH(Cx- C6 alkyl), -C(0)N(Cx-C6 alkyl) (Cx-C6 alkyl), -halo Cx-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cx-C3 alkyl) -O- (C1-C3 alkyl), -C2-Ce alkenyl, -
C2-C6 alkynyl, -aryl, -heteroaryl, or -heterocycloalkyl; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl groups included within R220 and R225 is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R270 groups,
R27o at each occurrence is independently -R2os, - Cι-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -C2-C6 alkenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; -C2-C6 alkynyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; - phenyl; -halogen; -C -C6 alkoxy; -Cx-C6 haloalkoxy; -NR235R24o; -OH; -C≡N; -C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; -CO- (Cx-C4 alkyl);
-S02-NR235R24o; -CO-NR235R24o; -S02-(Cx-C4 alkyl) ; and =0; R35 and R240 at each occurrence are independently -H, -Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C3 alkanoyl, -S02- (Cx-C6 alkyl), or -phenyl; nd R250 at each occurrence are independently selected from H, -(CH2)0-4CO2Cx-C4 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-4C (=0) Cχ-C4 alkyl, -Cx-C4 alkyl, -Cx-C4 hydroxyalkyl, -Cx-C4 alkoxy, -Cχ-C haloalkoxy, - (CH2) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2- C6 alkynyl, -(CH2)0-4 aryl, -(CH2)0-4 heteroaryl, and -(CH2)0-4 heterocycloalkyl, or R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a monocycle or bicycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, where 1, 2, or 3 carbon atoms are optionally replaced by 1, 2, or 3 gropus that are independently -0-, -S-, -S02-, -C(O)-, -NR220-, or -NR20R22o- wherein both R220 groups are alkyl; and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, hydroxyl, NH2, NH(Cχ-C3 alkyl), N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) (Cχ-C6 alkyl), -NH-C(0)Cχ-C5 alkyl, -NH-S02- (Cχ-C6 alkyl), or halogen; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl groups included within R245 and R250 are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independenly halogen, Cχ_5 alkyl, CN or OH.
21. A compound which has the formula:
Figure imgf000205_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
22. A method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of
Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of a substituted aminoalcohol of the formula (I) , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, wherein X, T, R20, Rx, R2, R3, RN and Rc are as defined in claim 1.
23. A method for making a compound of formula I
Figure imgf000207_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, wherein X, T, R20, Rx, R2, R3, RN and Rc are as defined in claim 1.
PCT/US2003/037998 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted ureas and carbamates WO2004050609A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MXPA05005649A MXPA05005649A (en) 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted ureas and carbamates.
EP03790144A EP1565428A1 (en) 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted ureas and carbamates
BR0316629-5A BR0316629A (en) 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted urea and carbamates
CA002507484A CA2507484A1 (en) 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted ureas and carbamates
JP2004557383A JP2006508166A (en) 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted ureas and carbamates
AU2003293155A AU2003293155A1 (en) 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted ureas and carbamates

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US42976902P 2002-11-27 2002-11-27
US60/429,769 2002-11-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004050609A1 true WO2004050609A1 (en) 2004-06-17
WO2004050609A8 WO2004050609A8 (en) 2005-07-21

Family

ID=32469374

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/037998 WO2004050609A1 (en) 2002-11-27 2003-11-26 Substituted ureas and carbamates

Country Status (14)

Country Link
US (2) US7351738B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1565428A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2006508166A (en)
AR (1) AR043062A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003293155A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0316629A (en)
CA (1) CA2507484A1 (en)
DO (1) DOP2003000765A (en)
MX (1) MXPA05005649A (en)
PA (1) PA8589701A1 (en)
PE (1) PE20040762A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200505828A (en)
UY (1) UY28101A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004050609A1 (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005087714A2 (en) * 2004-03-09 2005-09-22 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treatment of amyloidosis using bi-cyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
WO2005087215A1 (en) * 2004-03-09 2005-09-22 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted urea and carbamate, phenacyl-2-hydroxy-3-diaminoalkane, and benzamide-2-hydroxy-3-diaminoalkane aspartyl-protease inhibitors
WO2006010094A1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-26 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oxime derivative hydroxyethylamine aspartyl-protease inhibitors
EP1682105A2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2006-07-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N-ureidoalkyl-amino compounds as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
WO2007029587A1 (en) * 2005-09-05 2007-03-15 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. β SECRETASE INHIBITOR
WO2007047306A1 (en) * 2005-10-12 2007-04-26 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating amyloidosis using aryl-cyclopropyl derivative aspartyl protease inhibitors
WO2007061670A1 (en) * 2005-11-21 2007-05-31 Amgen Inc. Beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
EP1912963A2 (en) * 2005-08-03 2008-04-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Cyclic ketal beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US7385085B2 (en) 2004-07-09 2008-06-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oxime derivative substituted hydroxyethylamine aspartyl protease inhibitors
US7504420B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2009-03-17 Comentis, Inc. Compounds which inhibit beta-secretase activity and methods of use
WO2009129532A1 (en) * 2008-04-18 2009-10-22 University Of Connecticut Compounds for lysosomal modulation and methods of use
US7858642B2 (en) 2004-03-09 2010-12-28 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted hydroxyethylamine aspartyl protease inhibitors
AU2006318643B2 (en) * 2005-11-21 2011-03-03 Amgen Inc. Beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
US7906556B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2011-03-15 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating amyloidosis using cyclopropyl derivative aspartyl protease inhibitors
US9833420B2 (en) 2003-02-27 2017-12-05 JoAnne McLaurin Methods of preventing, treating, and diagnosing disorders of protein aggregation

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7763609B2 (en) 2003-12-15 2010-07-27 Schering Corporation Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
US20060014790A1 (en) * 2004-01-21 2006-01-19 Varghese John Methods of treatment of amyloidosis using spirocyclohexane aspartyl-protease inhibitors
CA2580238A1 (en) * 2004-09-17 2006-03-30 Comentis, Inc. Bicyclic compounds which inhibit beta-secretase activity and methods of use thereof
CN101142194B (en) * 2005-03-14 2012-10-10 顶点制药有限责任公司 Benzazole derivatives, compositions, and methods of use as b-secretase inhibitors
US7872009B2 (en) * 2005-11-21 2011-01-18 Amgen Inc. Beta-Secretase modulators and methods of use
US7745484B2 (en) * 2005-11-21 2010-06-29 Amgen Inc. Beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
WO2008137168A2 (en) * 2007-05-07 2008-11-13 True Charles W Collapsible, stackable, semi-rigid universal tank for hazardous and non-hazardous goods
US8163909B2 (en) 2007-05-25 2012-04-24 Amgen Inc. Substituted hydroxyethyl amine compounds as beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
US8173810B2 (en) * 2007-05-25 2012-05-08 Amgen Inc. Substituted hydroxyethyl amine compounds as beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
KR20100051668A (en) * 2007-07-26 2010-05-17 코멘티스, 인코포레이티드 Isophthalamide derivatives inhibiting beta-secretase activity

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002002505A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002002520A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002002512A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002014264A2 (en) * 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. (hydroxyethyl)ureas as inhibitors of alzheimer's beta-amyloid production
WO2002098849A2 (en) * 2001-06-01 2002-12-12 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hydroxy alkyl amine derivatives as beta-secretase inhibitors and their use for the treatment of alzheimer’s disease and similar diseases
WO2003040096A2 (en) * 2001-11-08 2003-05-15 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N, n'-substituted-1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane derivatives
WO2003050073A1 (en) * 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted hydroxyethylamines
WO2003072535A2 (en) * 2002-02-27 2003-09-04 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted hydroxyethylamines

Family Cites Families (56)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4522811A (en) 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
JPS6133152A (en) * 1984-06-22 1986-02-17 アボツト　ラボラトリ−ズ Renin inhibitive compound
EP0190891A3 (en) * 1985-01-31 1988-04-20 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Novel amino acid derivatives
US4665055A (en) * 1985-06-17 1987-05-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Peptide renin inhibitors
US5175281A (en) 1985-09-12 1992-12-29 The Upjohn Company Pharmaceutically active pyrimidinylpiperazinylsterioids
CA1297631C (en) * 1985-12-23 1992-03-17 Sesha I. Natarajan Ureido renin inhibitors
US4864017A (en) 1986-09-05 1989-09-05 The Upjohn Company Novel renin inhibiting peptides having a dihyroxyethylene isostere transition state insert
US5912410A (en) 1990-06-15 1999-06-15 Scios Inc. Transgenic non-human mice displaying the amyloid-forming pathology of alzheimer's disease
EP0647268B1 (en) 1990-06-15 2004-03-03 Scios Inc. Transgenic non-human mammal displaying the amyloid-forming pathology of alzheimer's disease
WO1992008701A1 (en) * 1990-11-19 1992-05-29 Monsanto Company Retroviral protease inhibitors
DE69233774D1 (en) 1991-01-21 2009-12-10 Elan Pharm Inc Exam and model for Alzheimers disease
US5145684A (en) 1991-01-25 1992-09-08 Sterling Drug Inc. Surface modified drug nanoparticles
CA2109326A1 (en) * 1991-07-02 1993-01-03 Andreas Billich 4-amino-3-hydroxycarboxylic acid derivatives
WO1993014200A1 (en) 1992-01-07 1993-07-22 Tsi Corporation Transgenic animal models for alzheimer's disease
US5502187A (en) 1992-04-03 1996-03-26 The Upjohn Company Pharmaceutically active bicyclic-heterocyclic amines
US5441870A (en) 1992-04-15 1995-08-15 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Methods for monitoring cellular processing of β-amyloid precursor protein
US5604102A (en) 1992-04-15 1997-02-18 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Methods of screening for β-amyloid peptide production inhibitors
US5766846A (en) 1992-07-10 1998-06-16 Athena Neurosciences Methods of screening for compounds which inhibit soluble β-amyloid peptide production
JP4091654B2 (en) * 1992-08-25 2008-05-28 ジー．ディー．サール、リミテッド、ライアビリティ、カンパニー Sulfonylalkanoylaminohydroxyethylaminosulfonamides useful as retroviral protease inhibitors
US5723490A (en) * 1992-09-08 1998-03-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated THF-containing sulfonamide inhibitors of aspartyl protease
IS2334B (en) * 1992-09-08 2008-02-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc., (A Massachusetts Corporation) Aspartyl protease inhibitor of a new class of sulfonamides
US5578606A (en) * 1992-10-30 1996-11-26 G. D. Searle & Co. α- and β-amino acid hydroxyethylamino sulfonyl urea derivatives useful as retroviral protease inhibitors
ATE198622T1 (en) 1993-10-27 2001-01-15 Elan Pharm Inc TRANSGENIC ANIMALS HOSTING APP ALLELES WITH THE SWEDISH MUTATION
US5877399A (en) 1994-01-27 1999-03-02 Johns Hopkins University Transgenic mice expressing APP-Swedish mutation develop progressive neurologic disease
US5606078A (en) 1994-04-18 1997-02-25 Ciba-Geigy Corporation 3,5-Disubstituted tetrahydrofuran-2-ones
MY119161A (en) 1994-04-18 2005-04-30 Novartis Ag Delta-amino-gamma-hydroxy-omega-aryl-alkanoic acid amides with enzyme especially renin inhibiting activities
AU693219B2 (en) * 1994-07-07 1998-06-25 Pharm-Eco Laboratories, Incorporated Amino acid-derived diaminopropanols
EP0702004A2 (en) 1994-09-15 1996-03-20 Ciba-Geigy Ag 2,9-diamino- and 2-amino-8-carbamoyl-4-hydroxy-alkanoic acid amid derivatives
EP0716077A1 (en) 1994-12-08 1996-06-12 Ciba-Geigy Ag Aromatically substituted omega amino alcanoic acid amides and alcanoic diamides and their use as renine inhibitors
US5691372A (en) * 1995-04-19 1997-11-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Oxygenated-Heterocycle containing sulfonamide inhibitors of aspartyl protease
US5744346A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-04-28 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. β-secretase
US5942400A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-08-24 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Assays for detecting β-secretase
JPH09124629A (en) * 1995-10-26 1997-05-13 Kissei Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of tetrahydrofuryl carbamate derivative
WO1998022597A2 (en) 1996-11-20 1998-05-28 Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation Cloning and characterization of napsin, an aspartic protease
US6191166B1 (en) 1997-11-21 2001-02-20 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds for inhibiting β-amyloid peptide release and/or its synthesis
US6045829A (en) 1997-02-13 2000-04-04 Elan Pharma International Limited Nanocrystalline formulations of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) protease inhibitors using cellulosic surface stabilizers
AU5002399A (en) 1998-07-17 2000-02-07 National Broach And Machine Company Full form roll finishing technique
ES2318902T3 (en) 1998-09-24 2009-05-01 PHARMACIA &amp; UPJOHN COMPANY LLC SECRETASE IN THE DISEASE OF ALZHEIMER.
WO2000047618A2 (en) 1999-02-10 2000-08-17 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUMAN β-SECRETASE ENZYME, INHIBITORS AND THEIR COMPOSITIONS AND USES
AU3485800A (en) * 1999-02-12 2000-08-29 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of aspartyl protease
WO2000077030A1 (en) 1999-06-15 2000-12-21 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Statine-derived tetrapeptide inhibitors of beta-secretase
PT1224297E (en) 1999-09-23 2009-08-17 Pharmacia & Upjohn Co Llc Alzheimer`s disease secretase, app substrates therefor, and uses therefor
GB0012795D0 (en) * 2000-05-25 2000-07-19 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
BR0211119A (en) * 2001-07-11 2005-12-13 Elan Pharm Inc Compound, method of treating a patient who has, or preventing a patient from catching, a disease or condition, use of a compound, and method for making a compound
EA200401437A1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2005-04-28 Джилид Сайэнс, Инк. Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors for treatment of HIV infection, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION (VARIANTS) AND A METHOD OF INCREASING half-life of non-nucleoside compounds active against retroviruses, and methods of preparing a pharmaceutical composition having specificity for leukocytes
CA2489988A1 (en) * 2002-06-20 2003-12-31 Michael R. Reeder Process for preparing 5-(1,3-oxazol-2-yl) benzoic acid derivatives
US7557137B2 (en) * 2002-08-05 2009-07-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Gamma-lactams as beta-secretase inhibitors
US7294642B2 (en) * 2002-09-06 2007-11-13 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,3-Diamino-2-hydroxypropane pro-drug derivatives
UY27967A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-05-31 Pfizer 2-HINDROXI-1,3-DIAMINOALCANE OIL
EP1562897B1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2009-09-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Phenylcarboxamide beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer s disease
GB0305918D0 (en) * 2003-03-14 2003-04-23 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
GB0309221D0 (en) * 2003-04-23 2003-06-04 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
GB0317491D0 (en) * 2003-07-25 2003-08-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
KR100793095B1 (en) * 2003-10-01 2008-01-10 주식회사 프로메디텍 Novel Sulfone Amide Derivatives Capable Of Inhibiting BACE
GB0323204D0 (en) * 2003-10-03 2003-11-05 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US7291744B2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2007-11-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N-ureidoalkyl-amino compounds as modulators of chemokine receptor activity

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002002505A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002002518A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002002520A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002002512A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002014264A2 (en) * 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. (hydroxyethyl)ureas as inhibitors of alzheimer's beta-amyloid production
WO2002098849A2 (en) * 2001-06-01 2002-12-12 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hydroxy alkyl amine derivatives as beta-secretase inhibitors and their use for the treatment of alzheimer’s disease and similar diseases
WO2003040096A2 (en) * 2001-11-08 2003-05-15 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N, n'-substituted-1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane derivatives
WO2003050073A1 (en) * 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted hydroxyethylamines
WO2003072535A2 (en) * 2002-02-27 2003-09-04 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted hydroxyethylamines

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BRANALT J ET AL: "A Convenient Synthesis of 1-(S)-[1@?-(S)-(t-Butyloxycarbonylamino)-2@ ?-phenylethyl]oxirane. A Useful Building Block in the Synthesis of HIV Protease Inhibitors", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 38, no. 19, 12 May 1997 (1997-05-12), pages 3483 - 3486, XP004061461, ISSN: 0040-4039 *

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9833420B2 (en) 2003-02-27 2017-12-05 JoAnne McLaurin Methods of preventing, treating, and diagnosing disorders of protein aggregation
EP1682105A2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2006-07-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N-ureidoalkyl-amino compounds as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
EP1682105A4 (en) * 2003-11-13 2008-12-24 Bristol Myers Squibb Co N-ureidoalkyl-amino compounds as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
WO2005087215A1 (en) * 2004-03-09 2005-09-22 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted urea and carbamate, phenacyl-2-hydroxy-3-diaminoalkane, and benzamide-2-hydroxy-3-diaminoalkane aspartyl-protease inhibitors
WO2005087714A3 (en) * 2004-03-09 2005-12-15 Elan Pharm Inc Methods of treatment of amyloidosis using bi-cyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
US7858642B2 (en) 2004-03-09 2010-12-28 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted hydroxyethylamine aspartyl protease inhibitors
WO2005087714A2 (en) * 2004-03-09 2005-09-22 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treatment of amyloidosis using bi-cyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
JP2008505929A (en) * 2004-07-09 2008-02-28 エラン ファーマシューティカルズ，インコーポレイテッド Oxime derivative hydroxyethylamine aspartic protease inhibitor
US7385085B2 (en) 2004-07-09 2008-06-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oxime derivative substituted hydroxyethylamine aspartyl protease inhibitors
WO2006010094A1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-26 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oxime derivative hydroxyethylamine aspartyl-protease inhibitors
US7504420B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2009-03-17 Comentis, Inc. Compounds which inhibit beta-secretase activity and methods of use
EP1912963A2 (en) * 2005-08-03 2008-04-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Cyclic ketal beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
EP1912963A4 (en) * 2005-08-03 2010-08-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Cyclic ketal beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US7816387B2 (en) 2005-09-05 2010-10-19 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. β secretase inhibitor
WO2007029587A1 (en) * 2005-09-05 2007-03-15 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. β SECRETASE INHIBITOR
JP5030781B2 (en) * 2005-09-05 2012-09-19 良明 木曽 β-secretase inhibitor
WO2007047306A1 (en) * 2005-10-12 2007-04-26 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating amyloidosis using aryl-cyclopropyl derivative aspartyl protease inhibitors
US7906556B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2011-03-15 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating amyloidosis using cyclopropyl derivative aspartyl protease inhibitors
AU2006318643B2 (en) * 2005-11-21 2011-03-03 Amgen Inc. Beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
AU2006316620B2 (en) * 2005-11-21 2011-03-03 Amgen Inc. Beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
JP2009516684A (en) * 2005-11-21 2009-04-23 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド β-secretase modulator and method of use
WO2007061670A1 (en) * 2005-11-21 2007-05-31 Amgen Inc. Beta-secretase modulators and methods of use
WO2009129532A1 (en) * 2008-04-18 2009-10-22 University Of Connecticut Compounds for lysosomal modulation and methods of use
US8163953B2 (en) 2008-04-18 2012-04-24 University Of Connecticut Compounds for lysosomal modulation and methods of use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PA8589701A1 (en) 2004-11-26
JP2006508166A (en) 2006-03-09
PE20040762A1 (en) 2004-11-06
US20080306136A1 (en) 2008-12-11
AU2003293155A8 (en) 2004-06-23
UY28101A1 (en) 2004-06-30
CA2507484A1 (en) 2004-06-17
EP1565428A1 (en) 2005-08-24
WO2004050609A8 (en) 2005-07-21
US20040209925A1 (en) 2004-10-21
AU2003293155A1 (en) 2004-06-23
BR0316629A (en) 2005-10-11
TW200505828A (en) 2005-02-16
MXPA05005649A (en) 2005-08-16
DOP2003000765A (en) 2004-05-31
US7351738B2 (en) 2008-04-01
AR043062A1 (en) 2005-07-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20080306136A1 (en) Substituted Ureas and Carbamates
EP1299349B1 (en) Compounds to treat alzheimer&#39;s disease
US6962934B2 (en) Substituted amino carboxamides for the treatment of Alzheimer&#39;s disease
US6864290B2 (en) Statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer&#39;s disease
US7442691B2 (en) Macrocycles useful in the treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
US20070299117A1 (en) Hydroxypropylaimines
US20090291970A1 (en) Substituted Aminoethers for the Treatment of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease
CA2450167A1 (en) Macrocycles useful in the treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
EP1615915A1 (en) Phenacyl 2-hydroxy-3-diaminoalkanes
CA2450557A1 (en) Substituted aminoalcohols useful in treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
US7763646B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
WO2005042472A2 (en) Hydroxypropyl amides for the treatment of alzheimer’s disease
EP1586556A2 (en) Compounds to treat Alzheimer&#39;s disease

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2005/005649

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2004557383

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2507484

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003790144

Country of ref document: EP

CFP Corrected version of a pamphlet front page
CR1 Correction of entry in section i

Free format text: IN PCT GAZETTE 25/2004 REPLACE "(71)" BY "(72, 75)" FOR PULLEY, SHON, R. AND TUCKER, JOHN, A.

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003790144

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0316629

Country of ref document: BR